Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
 
 
rac has 1 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√रच्racarranging, preparing, making ready / pratiyatna669/2Cl.10
Amarakosha Search
15 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ānandanam03.04.2007NeuterSingularsabhājanam, āpracchannam
ghūrṇitaḥ3.1.31MasculineSingularpracalāyitaḥ
kṛkavākuḥ2.5.19MasculineSingularcaraṇāyudhaḥ, tāmracūḍaḥ, kukkuṭaḥ
lekhakaḥ2.8.15MasculineSingularakṣaracaṇaḥ, akṣaracuñcuḥ, lipiṃkaraḥ
nicolaḥ2.6.117MasculineSingularpracchadapaṭaḥ
nidigdhikāFeminineSingularrāṣṭrikā, kulī, bṛhatī, duḥsparśā, pracodanī, vyāghrī, kṣudrā, kaṇṭakārikā, spṛśī
prasūtam3.1.62MasculineSingularbhūyaḥ, puru, bahulam, pracuram, sphiram, puruham, adabhram, bhūri, bhūyiṣṭham, bahu, prājyam
racanā1.2.138FeminineSingularparisyandaḥ
sādhanam3.3.126NeuterSingularnetracchedaḥ, adhvā
vasatiḥ3.3.73FeminineSingularpracāraḥ, syandaḥ
pracetāḥ1.1.63MasculineSingularpāśī, yādasāmpatiḥ, appatiḥ, varuṇaḥvaruna
pracchannamNeuterSingularantardvāram
pracchadikā2.6.55FeminineSingularvamiḥ, vamathuḥ
pracakram2.8.97NeuterSingularcalitam
āpracchannam03.04.2007MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
859 results for rac
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
rac cl.10 P. () racayati- (perfect tense racayām-āsa- ; irregular future raciṣyati- [with varia lectio kariṣyati-];and ind.p. racayitvā- ), to produce, fashion, form, make, construct, complete, cause, effect etc. (with ciṅtām-,or cintāḥ-,to be anxious ) ; to make into (with double accusative) ; to compose, write (a book or any literary work) ; to place in or on (locative case) ; to adorn, decorate ; to cause to make or do (with double accusative) ; to cause to move, put in motion (a horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. the act of making, forming, arranging, preparing, composing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. mostly f(ā-). arrangement, disposition, management, accomplishment, performance, preparation, production, fabrication etc.
racanan. a literary production, work, composition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. style View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. putting on, wearing (of a garment) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. arrangement (of troops), array View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. contrivance, invention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. a creation of the mind, artificial image View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. fixing the feathers on an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. dressing the hair (see keśa-r-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanan. stringing flowers or garlands (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with concrete meaning exempli gratia, 'for example' nivāsa-recanā-,a building ; gīti-racanā-,a song ; kūṭa-racanā-,an artifice, trick ; according to to also equals pari-spanda-or pari-syanda-, prati-yatna-, granthana-, gumpha-, vyūha-, niveśa-, sthiti-;also equals pāśa-, bhāra-etc., abundance, quantity in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a word meaning"hair"; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racanāf. Name of the wife of tvaṣṭṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racayitṛm. an author, composer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. produced, fashioned, constructed, performed, arranged, prepared, made of (instrumental case or compound). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. made or chosen for (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. placed, inserted, inlaid, fixed on or in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. set out, displayed in (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. directed towards (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. furnished, provided, set or studded with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') occupied with, engaged in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamfn. (with mṛṣā-) invented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitam. Name of a man gaRa bidādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitadhīmfn. one whose mind is directed to (locative case), intent upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitamaṅgalamfn. one who has performed an auspicious ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitanatimfn. one who has made his obeisance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitapaṅktimfn. forming a line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitapūrvamfn. what has been prepared or performed before (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitārthamfn. one who has obtained his object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitaśikharamfn. having the summit adorned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitasvāgatamfn. one who has offered a welcome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitātithyamfn. one who has shown hospitality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitatvan. the being composed or written View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racitotsavamfn. one who has celebrated a festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipracakṣ(Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -c/akṣe-) to see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprachto ask or inquire after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipracudCaus. -codayati-, to impel, induce, persuade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipracyu(Imper. 2. sg. A1. -cyavasva-) to move towards, arrive at (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyantaracārinmfn. moving inside, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyanuprachto inquire after, ask for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāracakrinm. plural Name of a vaiṣṇava- sect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāracandrikāf. Name of work on the religious customs of the śūdra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhāracakran. Name of a mystical circle on the posterior part of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aghoracakṣus(/aghora--) mfn. not having an evil eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agracchadan. the point of a leaf, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āharaceṭā gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaracaṇa m. "clever in writing", a scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaracanam. "clever in writing", a scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaracañcu m. "clever in writing", a scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣarachandasn. metre regulated by the number and quality of syllables. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaracuñcu m. "clever in writing", a scribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaracyutakan. "supplying dropped (cyuta-) syllables ", a kind of game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akutracabhayamfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṃkāracandrikāf. work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaṃkāracūḍāmaṇim. work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaracandram. Name of the author of the bāla-bhārata-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambaracaramfn. idem or 'mfn. sky-going ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambaracaramfn. a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambaracaramfn. a vidyādhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambaracārinm. a planet. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhikāracarcāf. unjustifiable interference, intermeddling, officiousness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpracalitamfn. inwardly moved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpuracaram. guardian of the women's apartments. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpuracārikāf. a female attendant in the women's apartments, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpurapracāram. the gossip of the women's apartments. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaracakran. the whole of the thirty-two intermediate regions of the compass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaracakran. a technical term in augury. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuprach(with accusative of the person and thing) , to ask, to inquire after. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracaṅkaśamf(ā-)n. without power of seeing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpracchanan. expression of civility on receiving or parting with a visitor, welcome, bidding farewell etc.
apracchannan. courtesy, courteous treatment of a friend or guest, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracchāyamfn. shadeless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracchedyamfn. inscrutable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracchinnamfn. not split View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracetasmfn. deficient in understanding, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracetitamfn. not having been perceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āprachA1. -pṛcchate-, rarely P. (imperative -pṛccha- ) to take leave, bid farewell ; to salute on receiving or parting with a visitor etc. ; to call (on a god), implore ; to ask, inquire for ; to extol View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracoditamfn. undesired, not bidden or commanded, unasked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracuramfn. little, few. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracyāvam. not falling in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracyāvukamf(ā-)n. not decaying, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracyutamfn. unmoved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracyutamfn. (with ablative) not fallen or deviating from, observing, following View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apracyutif. not decaying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārac Causal to arrange. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āracayya ind.p. having prepared or composed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āracayyahaving furnished or provided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āracitamfn. arranged, prepared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āracitamfn. put on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
artharacanan. pursuing an aim, exertion, endeavour, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsīnapracalāyitan. nodding when seated, falling asleep on a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāracakravatmfn. "having a wheel with eight spokes", a Name of mañjuśrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astracikitsāf. surgery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astracikitsakam. a surgeon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiprachto go on asking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipracit -cekite- (equals -cikite- ;= Intensive -cekitte- ), to be clearly distinct or distinguishable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipracyuto pass by : Causal -cyāvayati-, to cause to pass by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audumbaracchadam. Croton Polyandrum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvīracūrṇan. a kind of red powder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhupracālakamind. shaking the arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bājabahāduracandram. Name of a son of nīla-candra- and patron of anantadeva- (see bāhādura-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadracārum. Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadracūḍam. Euphorbia Tirucalli View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatacandracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāskaracaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhiṣakcakracittotsavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhramaracchallīf. a species of creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrūkuṭīracanāf. equals -bandha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmipracalam. an earthquake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatpracetasm. "the larger pracetas-", Name of a particular recension of a law-book by pracetas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracaram. plural "going in a circle", Name of a class of superhuman beings, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracaram. "a juggler" (see cakrāṭa-) or"a potter" (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracaram. "circle-goer", one who goes by turns (to the houses of Brahmans, kṣatriya-s and vaiśya-s, scilicet for alms), (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracārinmfn. flying in a circle (a bird)
cakracūḍāmaṇim. "round jewel (in a coronet)", a honorific Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracūḍāmaṇim. Name of the elder brother of the astronomer bala-bhadra- (17th century) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakracūḍāmaṇim. Name of a treatise. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camatkāracandrikāf. Name of a grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camatkāracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracañcalam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracañcalāf. the fish candraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracitram. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍam. equals -mukuṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍam. a form of bhairava-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍam. Name of a hero of kālikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍam. of an author (son of śri-bhaṭṭa-- puruṣottama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍam. of a prince, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candracūḍāṣṭakan. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candraśekharacampūprabandham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakṣusmfn. equals -dṛś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakṣusn. a spy employed like an eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaṇamfn. graceful in gait View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racuñcumfn. idem or 'mfn. graceful in gait ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturviṃśatyavatāracaritran. "history of the 24 incarnations", Name of a work by naraharadāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chattracakran. (in astrology) a kind of diagram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikuraracanāf. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. a mass of hair, tuft of hair ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ciraceṣṭitamfn. long sought for, of rare occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racīvaran. a bark garment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citracāpam. "having a variegated bow", Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cukracaṇḍikāf. the tamarind tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dabhracetas(r/a--) mfn. little-minded, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaracanāf. equals -dhāva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
danturacchadam. "prickly-leaved", the lime tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darduracchadāf. the plant brāhmī-
daśakumāracarita n. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśakumāracaritran. "adventures of the 10 princes", Name of work by daṇḍin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśāvatāracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārāntaracara(nt-) mfn. "moving among swords", daring, audacious, impudent (varia lectio dharānt-and hārānt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmapracāram. "the course of law or right" figuratively = sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhīracetasmfn. strong-minded, self-possessed, courageous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūrtaracanāf. rogues' tricks, roguery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūsaracchadāf. a kind of plant (= śveta-vuhnā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaramfn. walking or being far View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaramfn. keeping away from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duścaracārinmfn. practising very difficult penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣkaracaryāf. hard penance, Name of a chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvāparacchandasn. plural a particular class of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāgracittamfn. having the mind intent on one object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāmracandrikāf. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajasukumāracaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīracetas(r/a--) mfn. of profound mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgādharacūrṇan. a particular powder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gātraceṣṭan. posture of the limbs, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauracandram. Name of caitanya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatracchandasmfn. (tr/a--) one to whom the gāyatrī- metre belongs or to whom it is sacred, relating to it etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatracchandasn. a gāyatrī- metre (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoracakṣas(r/a--) mfn. of frightful appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopracāram. pasturage for cattle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhracakram. dual number the vulture and the cakra-vāka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hammīracaritan. " hammīra-'s deeds", Name of a mahā-kāvya- by naya-candra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haracāpāropaṇan. N View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haracāpāropaṇan. of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haracaritacintāmaṇim. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haracūḍāmaṇim. " śiva-'s crest-gem", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariścandracaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariścandrayaśaścaudracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harivaṃśasāracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiṃsāprāṇipracuramfn. abounding in noxious animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indracandanan. equals hari-candana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indracāpam. n. indra-'s bow, the rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indracchandam. a necklace consisting of 1008 strings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indracirbhiṭīf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalayantracakran. a wheel for raising water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānupracalanan. varia lectio for -cal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinendracaritran. Name of work by amara-candra- (also called padmānanda-mahākāvya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvapattrapracāyikāf. for -putra-pr- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvaputrapracāyikāf. "gathering of the jīva-putra- plant", a kind of game and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvaracikitsāf. medical treatment of fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karacchadam. Trophis Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karacchadāf. a species of tree (commonly called sindūra-puṣpī-vṛkṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karaculim. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karapraceya(1. kara-praceya-;for 2.See) mfn. to be held or taken hold of by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karapraceyamfn. to be collected by taxes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karkaracchadāf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇecuracurā f. whispering into the ear, tale-bearing gaRa pātre-samitādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭhoracittamfn. hard-hearted, cruel, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumāracārinmfn. abstinent, chaste (= brahma-c-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumudīpracāram. a kind of game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśaracanāf. arranging or dressing the hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khadiracañcum. "having a beak hard like khadira- wood", Name of a bird (equals vañjulaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharacchadam. "sharp-leaved", Name of a tree (= bhūmī-saha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharacchadam. a kind of grass (ulūka-,or kundara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharacchadam. a kind of reed (itkaṭa-,commonly Okera) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharacchadam. Name of a small shrub (kṣudra-gholī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtasmaracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūracaritamfn. addicted to cruel practices, cruel, ferocious. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūraceṣṭitamfn. idem or 'mfn. addicted to cruel practices, cruel, ferocious.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetracirbhiṭāf. a kind of gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīracchadam. Calotropis gigantea (the leaves of which yield a milky juice). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudracampakam. a variety of the Campaka tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudracañcuf. "having small points", Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudracandanan. red sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudracirbhitāf. a variety of Curcumis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudracūdam. "having a small tuft", a kind of small bird (commonly gośālika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣuracatuṣṭayan. the four things necessary for shaving (viz. kṣura-, nava-kuśa-tṛṇāni-, try-eṇī śalalī-, āpaḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumāracapalamfn. giddy while still a boy gaRa śramaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuracillafor kuru-c- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaracanāf. artifice, trick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaracanāf. a laid trap View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭṭapracaraṇam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṅganareśvaracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuracārumañjusvaratāf. the having a sweet and agreeable and pleasant voice (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvatantracapeṭāpradīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvidyāsāracandrodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvīracaritan. "the exploits of the great hero (rāma-)", Name of a celebrated drama by bhavabhūti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvīracaritran. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvīracaritran. Name of another work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahendracāpam. "great Inscr's bow", a rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśvarakaracyutāf. "dropped from the hand of śiva-", Name of the river kara-toyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitracittan. benevolence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitracittamfn. benevolent, kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantracūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racittāf. Name of a Buddhist deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūracaṭakam. the domestic cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūracitrakan. Name of and of another work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūracūḍan. "peacock's crest", a kind of gall-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūracūḍāf. Celosia Cristata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meḍhracarmann. the fore-skin, prepuce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghakumāracaritan. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśracaturbhujam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśracauram. an adulterator of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miśracora m. an adulterator of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgendracaṭakam. a falcon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhūrtaracanan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muracīf. Name of a river (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muracīpattanan. Name of a town in the Dekhan (also called marīci-pattana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagaracatuṣpatham. or n. meeting of 4 ways in a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakhapracan. gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakracakran. a multitude of crocodiles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatracakran. a particular diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatracakran. the nakṣatra-s collectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatracakran. the sphere of the fixed stars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatracintāmaṇi m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatracūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naracandram. Name of a jaina- writer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racandram. Name of an author (see nara c-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racandrapaddhatif. Name of his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naracihnan. "murdered-sign", moustaches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātipracurapadyavatmfn. containing not too many verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navaucityavicāracarcāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netracapalamfn. restless with the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netracchadam. the eyelid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīhāracakṣusmfn. one whose eyes are veiled by mist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaram. "moving in water", a fish or any aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścapracaprob. backwards and forwards gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi- (see ācaparāca-and ācopaca-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpracāramfn. not moving, remaining in one place, fixed or concentrated (as mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāsaracanāf. an edifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padaracanāf. arrangement of words, literary composition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaracanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣaracanāf. forming a party or faction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣaracanānaipuṇyan. skill in forming etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañjaracālananyāyam. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracakran. the army of a foe (Scholiast or Commentator"a hostile prince") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracakrasūdanam. destroyer of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaramf(ī-)n. arrived at the opposite shore, emancipated for ever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracchandam. another's will ( paracchandānuvartana nuvartana- n.following it ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracchandamfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracchandānuvartanan. paracchanda
paracchidran. another's fault or defect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracintāf. thinking of or caring for another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracittajñānan. knowing the thoughts of another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paracittajñānan. knowledge of the thoughts of others, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariprachP. A1. -pṛcchati-, te- (perfect tense -papraccha-; future -prakṣyati-; ind.p. -pṛcchya-; infinitive mood -praṣṭum-), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 accusative or with accusative of Persian and accusative with prati- locative case or genitive case of thing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūrṇasahasracandravatīf. "possessing a thousand full moons", Name of indra-'s wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṣkāracīvaran. a kind of garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvaracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvaracintāmaṇipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātracayam. ()the act of putting the sacrificial utensils on the pyre by the side of the deceased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātracayanan. () the act of putting the sacrificial utensils on the pyre by the side of the deceased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracārikāf. a kind of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracchaṭāf. equals -bhaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracchedam. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracchedabhaktif. a piece cut out of a leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracchedakam. a leaf-cutter (a particular trade) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattracchedyan. equals -ccheda- ( equals ālekhya-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phakīracandram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalapracayanan. gathering fruits
piplupracchādanamfn. covering or concealing a mole View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaSee acyuta-pr- and nakha-pr-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracakitamfn. ( cak-) trembling, shuddering, terrified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracakran. an army in motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracakṣA1. -caṣṭe-, to tell, relate, declare ; to suppose, regard or consider as (accusative) etc. ; to name, call : Causal -cakṣayati-, to irradiate, illumine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracakṣaṇamind. (after a fin. verb) gaRa gotrādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracakṣasm. Name of the regent of the planet Jupiter, bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalP. -calati- (rarely A1. te-), to be set in motion, tremble, quake etc. ; to stir, move on, advance, set out, depart ; to start, spring up from (a seat) ; to swerve, deviate from (ablative) ; to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited : Causal -calayati-, to set in motion, move, jog, wag ; to remove from (ablative) ; -cālayati-, to cause to shake or tremble ; to stir up, stir round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalamfn. moving, tremulous, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalamfn. what goes well or widely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalamfn. current, circulating, customary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracālam. the neck of the vīṇā- or Indian lute (wrong reading for pravāla-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaladāsam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalakam. a species of venomous reptile (see calāka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākam. shooting with arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākam. a peacock's tail or crest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākam. a chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākam. a snake or other venomous animal (see calaka-)
pracalākāf. springing up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracālakamf(ikā-)n. causing to tremble, trembling with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalakāñcanakuṇḍalamfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalakin wrong reading for calākin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākinm. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalākinm. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalalatābhujamfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalanan. trembling, shaking, rocking, swaying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalanan. retiring, flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalanan. going well or widely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalanan. circulating, being current or customary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracālanan. stirring, stir, noise (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāṅgamfn. having tremulous limbs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalasiṃham. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalatmfn. moving, trembling, shaking etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalatmfn. going, proceeding far or much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalatmfn. circulating, being current or customary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalatmfn. prevailing, being recognized (as authority or law) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyaNom. P. yati-, to nod the head (while asleep) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyanan. nodding the head (on first becoming intoxicated) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitamfn. nodding the head (while asleep and in a sitting posture) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitamfn. rolling about, tumbling, tossed about (as a ship) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitan. See under āsīna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. one who has set out, proceeded, departed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. confused, bewildered, perplexed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. current, customary, circulating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitan. going away, departure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍamf(ā-)n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍamf(ā-)n. great, large, hot, burning, sharp (See compound below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍam. a species of oleander with white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍam. of a goblin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍam. of a son of vatsa-prī- and su-nandā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍāf. a species of dūrvā- with white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍāf. a form or śakti- of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍabhairava(prob.) m. Name of a vyāyoga- (kind of drama). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍabhairavarasam. Name of a particular medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍacaṇḍikāf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍacaṇḍikāsahasranāmastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍadevam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍaghoṇamfn. large-nosed, having a long or prominent nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍamādhavam. (with kāśmīra-) Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍamūrtim. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍapāṇḍavan. "the wrathful sons of pāṇḍu-", Name of a drama by rāja-śekhara- (equals bāla-bhārata-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍaśaktim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍaśarakārmukamfn. having sharp arrows and a terrible bow (said of the god of love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍasenam. Name of a prince, of tāmra-liptikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍaśephasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍasūryamfn. having a hot or burning sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍatāf. great violence or passion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍātapam. fierce or stifling heat, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍatarībhūto become fiercer or more passionate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍavadanamf(ā-)n. having a terrible face
pracaṇḍavarmanm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍogrāf. Name of a yoginī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṅkaśaSee a-pr-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracapalamfn. very unsteady or restless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracarP. -carati- (Epic also A1. te-), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (accusative) etc. ; to come forth, appear etc. ; to roam, wander ; to circulate, be or become current (as a story) ; to set about, perform, discharge (especially sacred functions, with instrumental case of the object or of the means employed) ; to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (locative case) ; to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner etc. ; to come off, take place : Causal -cārayati-, to allow to roam, turn out to graze ; to make public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaram. a road, way, path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaram. usage, custom, currency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaram. going well or widely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaram. plural Name of a people (varia lectio praccara-and pra-stara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. roaming, wandering (see bhikṣā--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. coming forth, showing one's self, manifestation, appearance, occurrence, existence etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. application, employment, use View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. conduct, behaviour etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. prevalence, currency, custom, usage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. a playground, place of exercise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāram. pasture-ground, pasturage (= , where Scholiast or Commentator"a way or road leading from or to a house") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇan. going to graze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇan. proceeding with, beginning, undertaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇan. circulating, being current View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇan. employing, using View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāraṇan. (prob.) scattering, strewing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇīf. (sc. sruc-) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaraṇīyamfn. being in actual use View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracārinmfn. coming forth, appearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracārinmfn. following, adhering or sticking to (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracārinmfn. proceeding with, acting, behaving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracārinmfn. going about, wandering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. followed, practised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. arrived at, visited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritamfn. current, publicly known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāritamfn. allowed to wander or roam about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāritamfn. made public or manifest (see gaRa tārakādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritavyamfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaritos infinitive mood (with purā-) before he (the adhvaryu-) sets to work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaryāf. an action, process View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṣālan. a particular ornament on a sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracat Causal A1. -cātayate-, to drive or scare away, remove, destroy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracatāind. secretly, in secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracatā according to to others,"away, off". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayaetc. See pra-- 1. ci-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāyaetc. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) collecting, gathering (see puṣpa--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. accumulation, heap, mass, quantity, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. growth, increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. slight aggregation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. equals -svara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayam. (in algebra) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāyam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayakāṣṭhāgatamfn. one who has attained the highest degree of intensity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayanan. gathering, collecting (See phala--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracayasvaram. "accumulated tone", the tone occurring in a series of unaccented syllables following a svarita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāyikāf. gathering, plucking, collecting (with the hand or in turn, cf: puṣpa--;the latter also "a female who gathers", A.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchad( chad-) P. A1. -cchādayati-, te- to cover, envelop, wrap up (A1.with instrumental case"to cover one's self with, put on") etc. ; to be in the way, be an obstacle to (accusative) ; to hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchadf. a cover, covering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchadam. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādakamf(ikā-)n. concealing, covering (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādakam. the song of a wife deserted by her husband (sung with the accompaniment of a lute and containing a covert description of her sorrows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādanamfn. concealing, hiding (see piplu--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādanan. covering, concealing, concealment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādanan. an upper or outer garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādanapaṭam. a cover, coverlet, wrapper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchadapaṭam. (L.) idem or 'm. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchadavāsasn. () idem or 'm. (L.) idem or 'm. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchāditamfn. covered, wrapped up, clothed, hidden, concealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchādyaind. having covered or hidden
pracchādyamfn. to be covered or hidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchanaSee under prach-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchāna pra-cchita- See under pra-ccho- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchānan. scarifying, making sore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchananf. asking, inquiring, a question, inquiry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannamfn. covered, enveloped, shut up etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannamfn. hidden, concealed, unobserved, private, secret, disguised (in the beginning of a compound and pracchannam am- ind."secretly, covertly") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannan. a private door View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannan. a lattice, loop-hole View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannacārakamfn. acting secretly or fraudulently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannacārinmfn. acting secretly or fraudulently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannaguptamfn. secretly hidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannamind. pracchanna
pracchannapāpam. a secret sinner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannataskaram. a secret thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannavañcakam. a secret rogue or rascal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannavṛttif. a secret manner or way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannībhūto hide or conceal one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchardanan. emitting, exhaling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchardanan. vomiting, an emetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchardi() f. vomiting, sickness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchardikā() f. vomiting, sickness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchāya(prob.) n. a shadowy place, dense shade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchedam. a cutting, slip, strip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchedam. a musical division, bar (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchedakam. a song sung by a wife who thinks her husband false to her (see pra-cchādaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchedanan. dividing into small pieces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchedyaSee a-pracchedya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchid( chid-) P. A1. -cchinatti-, -cchintte- to cut off or through, pierce, split, cleave etc. ; to rend or take away, withdraw : Causal -cchedayati-, to cause to cut off etc. : Causal of Intensive -cecchidayya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchidmfn. cutting off or to pieces (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchindyākarṇamf(ī-)n. whose ear is to be cleft (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchitamfn. cut, lanced, scarified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praccho( cho-;only ind.p. -cchayitvā-), to bleed by making incisions in the skin, cup, lance, scarify View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchṛd( chṛd-), Causal -cchardayati- to vomit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchuḍ( chuḍ-), Causal -cchoḍayati- to stretch out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracelan. ( cel-?) yellow sandalwood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracelakam. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracelukam. a cook (wrong reading for paceluka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracerita(?), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetanamfn. illumining, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetanaetc. See pra-cit-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) mfn. attentive, observant, mindful, clever, wise (said of the gods, especially of agni- and the āditya-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) mfn. happy, delighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a prajā-pati- (an ancient sage and law-giver) ( pracetassmṛti -smṛti- f.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a prince (son of duduha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a son of duryāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. Name of a son of dur-mada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetas(pr/a--) m. plural (wrong reading prāc-) Name of the 10 sons of prācīna-barhis- by a daughter of varuṇa- (they are the progenitors of dakṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetasamfn. wrong reading for prāc- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetasīf. Myrica Sapida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetassmṛtif. pracetas
pracetitamfn. (See a-prac-) noticed, observed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetṛm. a charioteer (wrong reading for pra-vetṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetunamfn. affording a wide view or prospect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praceyamfn. to be collected or gathered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praceyamfn. to be increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praceyamfn. spreading everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prach cl.6 P. (), pṛcchati- (Ved. and Epic also A1. pṛcchate-; perfect tense papraccha- etc., papṛkṣ/e-[?] ; Aorist /aprākṣīt- etc., /aprāṭ- , apraṣṭa- ; future prakṣyati- etc., praṣṭā- grammar; ind.p. pṛṣṭvā-, -pṛcchya- ; infinitive mood pr/aṣṭum- etc., -p/ṛccham-, cche- ), to ask, question, interrogate (accusative) ; to ask after inquire about (accusative) ; to ask or interrogate any one (accusative) about anything (accusative dative case locative case, prati-,or adhikṛtya-with accusative; arthe-or hetoḥ- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') (pr.p. A1. pṛcchamāna-,"asking one's self") etc. etc. ; (in astrology) to consult the future ; (with nāmato mātaram-) to inquire about one's (genitive case) mother's name ; (with na-) not to trouble one's self with ; to seek, wish, long for ; to ask, demand, beg, entreat (accusative) : Passive voice pṛcchy/ate-, to be asked or questioned about (act. dative case etc., as above ) etc. etc.: Causal pracchayati- (Aorist apapracchat-) grammar : Desiderative pipṛcchiṣati- : Intensive parīpṛcchyate- [Orig. pṛk-; confer, compare Latin preces,procus;poscereforporscere; Slavonic or Slavonian prositi; Lithuanian praszy4ti; German fra7he7n,fragen;forsko7n,forschen.]
praciP. A1. -cinoti-, -cinute-, to collect, gather, pluck etc. ; to mow or cut down (enemies) ; to increase, augment, enhance : Passive voice -cīyate-, to be gathered or collected, to grow, thrive, multiply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracībalam. or n. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracika gaRa purohitādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracikīrṣumfn. (1. kṛ- Desiderative) wishing or intending to requite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracikita(pr/a--) mfn. knowing, familiar or conversant with () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracintP. -cintayati-, to think upon, reflect, consider, find out, devise, contrive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracintyaind. having reflected or considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracintyamfn. to be reflected or considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracinvatmfn. gathering, collecting, plucking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracinvatm. Name of a son of janam-ejaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracīram. Name of a son of vatsaprī- and su-nandā-
pracīrṇamfn. ( car-) come forth, appeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitP. A1. -ciketti-, -cikitte-, to know or make known ; to become visible or manifest, appear : Causal -cetayati-, to make known, cause to appear ; (A1.) to appear : Desiderative -cikitsati-, to show, point out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitamfn. gathered, collected, heaped, accumulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitamfn. covered or filled with (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitamfn. pronounced with the pracaya- tone, accentless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitam. (also -ka-) Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitasvaram. equals pracaya-svara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitif. (2. ci-) investigation, examination (= vi-citi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodam. instigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodaetc. See pra-cud-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodakamf(ikā-)n. instigating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanan. instigating, exciting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanan. direction, order, command View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanan. a rule or law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanan. saying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanan. sending View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodanīf. Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodikāf. "inflamer", Name of the 4 daughters of niyojikā- (daughter of the demon duḥsaha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodinmfn. driving forward, urging View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracodinīf. Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracoditamfn. (fr. Causal) driven on, urged, impelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracoditamfn. asked, requested, ordered, directed (see a-prac-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracoditamfn. decreed, determined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracoditamfn. announced, proclaimed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracoditamfn. sent, dispatched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracṛtP. -cṛtati-, to loose, loosen, untie View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracṛttamfn. loose, dishevelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracṛttaśikhamfn. with dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracudP. -codati-, to set in motion, drive on, urge, impel : Causal -codayati- idem or 'mfn. ( car-) come forth, appeared ' (A1.to hasten, make haste, ) etc. ; to excite, inspire ; to command, summon, request, demand etc. ; to announce, make known, proclaim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuditamfn. (mc. for codita-) hurled, shot off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracupitaSee upasthita-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuramf(ā-)n. much, many, abundant (opp. to alpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuramf(ā-)n. plenteous, plentiful, frequent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuramf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') abounding in, filled with etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuram. a thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuracandanan. much sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuracchalamfn. hidden in manifold disguises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuralomamfn. having too much hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuranityadhanāgamamfn. receiving many and constant supplies of money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurapādapamfn. abounding with trees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuraparibhavam. frequent humiliation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurapuruṣamfn. abounding with men, populous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurapuruṣam. a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuraratnadhanāgamamfn. having a large income of gems and money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuratāf. () abundance, multitude. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracuratvan. ( etc.) abundance, multitude. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurīin compound for ra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurībhūto become abundant, increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurīkaraṇan. making abundant, augmenting, increasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracurīkṛtamfn. augmented, increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracūrṇP. -cūrṇayati- (only Aorist prācucūrṇat-), to crush, grind to dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavam. fall, ruin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavam. withdrawal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavam. advancement, improvement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavanamfn. removing, destroying (wrong reading for cyāvana-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavanan. falling down (especially from heaven id est being born again) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavanan. departure, withdrawal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavanan. loss, deprivation (with ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyavanan. oozing, dropping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyāvanan. means of removing or diminishing, a sedative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyāvanan. causing to give up, diverting from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyāvanīf. (with kumbhī-) a large jar used for sprinkling a pyre, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyāvukamfn. transitory, fragile, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyuA1. -cyavate- (Epic also P. ti-), to move, proceed, depart ; to swerve or deviate from (ablative) ; to be deprived of, lose (ablative) ; to come or stream forth ; to fall down, drop, stumble ; to fall (scilicet from heaven id est be born again) : Causal -cyāvayati-, to move, shake ; to eject, remove or dispel or divert from (ablative) etc. ; to cause to fall (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyuta(pr/a--) mfn. routed, put to flight expelled, banished, retreated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyuta(pr/a--) mfn. streamed forth or issued from (ablative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyuta(pr/a--) mfn. fallen from (literally and figuratively), swerved from, deprived of (ablative or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyuta(pr/a--) mfn. subtracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyutatva(pr/a--) n. deviation, retreat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyutif. going away, withdrawing, departing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyutif. loss, deprivation (with ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyutif. falling from, giving up (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracyutif. decay, fall, ruin (a-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnottaracaritan. " pradyumna-'s further deeds", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praguṇaracanāf. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastāracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiprachP. -pṛcchati-, to ask, question, inquire of (2 accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraṃdaracāpam. indra-'s bow, the rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣkaracūḍam. "lotus-crested", Name of one of the 4 elephants that support the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapracayam. plucking flower (to steal them) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapracāyam. plucking or gathering flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapracāyikāf. idem or 'm. plucking or gathering flower ' (tava puṣpa-pracāyika-,it is thy turn to gather flower ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣparacanan. making flower into a garland (one of the 64 arts or kalā-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
radhracoda mfn. furthering or encouraging the obedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
radhracodanamfn. furthering or encouraging the obedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghuvīracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracampūf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracaritrasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandracatuḥsūtrīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmacandrakaruṇāsāgaracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasapadmākaracampūf. rasapadmākara
rasendracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasendracūdāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathacakracitmfn. arranged in the form of a chariots-wheel etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathaṃtaracaraṇabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnasāracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudhiracarcitasarvāṅgamf(ī-)n. having the whole body smeared with blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracaṇḍīf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracaṇḍīf. Name of a section in the rudra-yāmala- and of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracaṇḍikaName of a particular text or formula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracandram. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracandradevam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudracchattram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābaracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadācāracandrodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadācāracintanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadalaṃkāracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgaracandram. Name of a Jain poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgaradhīracetasmfn. one whose mind is as firm or as deep as the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣas(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣasmfn. id, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣasm. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣumfn. idem or '(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-eyed ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīśatacaṇḍīvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍyādiprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍyādividhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaraṇamfn. thousand footed (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracetas(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand aspects or appearances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracityam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasracūḍikam. (with loka-dhātu-) Name of a particular world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākaracitamf(ā-)n. composed of vegetables etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakracāpan. equals -kārmuka- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakracāpasamudbhavāf. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakracāpāyaNom. A1. yate-, to represent a rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālibhadracaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samantavyūhasāgaracaryavyavalokanam. Name of a garuḍa-rāja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanuprachP. -pṛcchati-, to ask or inquire about (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāprach(only ind.p. -pṛcchya-), to take leave of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayabhedoparacanacakran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambaracandanan. a variety of sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkaracaritran. Name of work , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkaracetovilāsam. "the play of śaṃkara-'s wit", Name of an artificial poem by śaṃkara-dīkṣita- (celebrating the glories of vārāṇasī-, especially of its kings yavanāri- and cetasiṃha- or Chet Singh). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkaṣṭaharacaturthīvratan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkaṣṭaharacaturthīvratakālanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkaṭaharacaturthīvratan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracakṣA1. -caṣṭe-, to explain, expound ; to suppose, assume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracarP. -carati-, to advance, begin to move ; to go on, be carried on, take place : Causal -cārayati-, to dismiss View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracchid( chid-) P. A1. -cchinatti-, -cchintte- to cut or split to pieces, cut through View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprachP. A1. -pṛcchati-, te- (Ved. infinitive mood -pṛccham-and p/ṛcche-), to ask, question about (with two accusative), inquire into the future ; (A1.) to make inquiries, consult about, salute or greet one another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraciP. A1. -cinoti-, -cinute-, to gather, increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracoditamf(ā-)n. urged on, impelled, incited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracoditamf(ā-)n. required View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracudCaus. -codayati-, to urge on or impel quickly, set in rapid motion, incite, drive on ; to promote, encourage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampracyuCaus. -cyāvayati-, to cause to proceed or come forth from different directions, bring together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsāracakran. the world compared to a wheel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudraculukam. "holding the ocean in his mouth", Name of the sage agastya- (fabled to have drunk up the ocean) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracin compound for śarad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaturviṃśatikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraccandram. the autumnal moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraccandrāyaNom. P. yate-, to resemble the autumnal moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraccandrikāf. autumnal moonshine (pariṇata-candrikāsu kṣapāsu- see pariṇata-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracchāli(for -śāli-) m. rice ripening in autumn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracchaśadhara(for -śaśa-- ), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracchaśin() m. equals -candra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracchikhin(for -śikhin-) m. a peacock in autumn (supposed to cease its cries) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaracchrī(for -śrī-) f. Name of the wife of kuṇāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīracintāf. care of the body (washing one's self etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīrāntaracārinmfn. acting in another body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadracakran. a particular diagram (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadracakran. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadracakravyākhyānan. Name of work
saśaracāpahastamfn. holding a bow with an arrow in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstracakṣusn. "eye of science", grammar
śāstracakṣusmfn. having authoritative works as eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstracāraṇamfn. equals -darśin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstracauram. one who unlawfully promulgates another's system of teaching (as if it were his own) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastracikitsāf. "curing by means of instruments", surgery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstracintakam. a learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastracūrṇan. iron-filings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasuracāpamind. with indra-'s bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍīprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍīvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍyādividhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṭīpracchadan. gaRa gavāśvādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satvararacanamind. quickly, immediately, at once View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracayanan. "arranging or preparing the agni- called sāvitra-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracayanapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracayanaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitracitif. equals -cayana-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayanaracanan. the preparation of a bed or couch (one of the 64 arts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sendracāpamfn. along with indra-'s bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghracāramfn. idem or '( ) mfn. idem or '() or' ' (in maṇḍala-ś-,"whirling around") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghracetanamfn. having quick intellect, very sagacious (as a dog) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghracetanam. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaracakra m. a kind of sexual union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaracandram. a kind of sexual union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaracchattran. the clitoris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopānaracanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāracandrodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāraceṣṭāf. () love-gesture, any outward action indicating love. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāraceṣṭitan. () love-gesture, any outward action indicating love. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveracūrṇan. ginger-powder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotracitmfn. accumulated by hearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthānapracyutamfn. equals -cyuta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracakram. Name of mañju-śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracchadam. Betula Bhojpatra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracchāyam. a tree yielding permanent shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracchāyam. any tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracetas() mfn. firm-minded, steady, resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiracitta() () mfn. firm-minded, steady, resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrācāracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaśayitapracchakamf(ikā-)n. inquiring whether any one has slept well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukracāram. course of the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supracāramfn. going in a right course (also said of planets) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supracāramfn. appearing beautifully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supracchannamfn. well concealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supracetasmfn. very wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakṣas(s/ūra--) mfn. radiant as the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racandram. Name of the Guru of bhānucandra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suracāpamn. equals -kārmuka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surendracāpan. " indra-'s bow", the rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suṣiracchedam. a kind of flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtracaraṇan. Name of a class of caraṇa-s or Vedic schools who introduced various sūtra- works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaratnākaracchattraketum. Name of a future buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇaratnākaracchattrakūṭa m. Name of a future buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svairacārinmfn. acting at will, free, independent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaracchidran. the sound-hole of a flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaracintāf. Name of work on vowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarāṣṭracintāf. care for one's own country or people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaracandram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailayantracakran. tailayantra
tamālapattracandanagandham. "smelling like tamāla- leaves and sandal wood", Name of a buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracakṣusm. "red-eyed", a kind of pigeon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍamfn. red-crested (a cock)
tāmracūḍam. a cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍam. Blumea lacera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍam. equals daka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍam. Name of a pari-vrājaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍāf. Name of one of the mothers attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍabhairavam. a form of bhairava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmracūḍakam. a particular position of the hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍāpracara m.? (a term relating to the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantracūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tatracakṣurmanasmfn. directing one's eyes and mind on him View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
timiracchidm. "darkness-splitter", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetracūḍāmaṇim. " śiva-'s crest", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracaritamfn. of generous behaviour, noble-minded, noble etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracaritam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāracetasmfn. high-minded, magnanimous. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgāracūḍakam. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugracaṇḍāf. Name of a goddess, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugracārinmfn. moving impetuously (said of the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugracāriṇīf. Name of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugracayam. strong desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacāracchalan. a kind of fallacious inference (to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically exempli gratia, 'for example' if any one from the sentence "the platform cries"were to conclude that the platform really cries and not persons on the platform) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaprachA1. (1. plural -pṛcchāmahe-) to ask (a person accusative) about anything, consult View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāprachP. -pṛcchati-, to take leave of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparac Causal P. -racayati-, to construct, form, make, prepare, effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparacitamfn. constructed, formed, made, prepared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃprachP. (infinitive mood -praṣṭum-) to question about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthitapracupitan. Name of a particular metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uragasāracandanan. a kind of sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uragasāracandanacūrṇan. the powder of the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uragasāracandanamayamfn. made of sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaracchadam. a cover thrown over anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapracchadam. a cover-lid, quilt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarottarapracchalāf. Name of a section of the sāmaveda-cchalā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacanaracanāf. skilful arrangement of speech, eloquence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaipracitimfn. (fr. vipra-cita-) gaRa sutaṃgamādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaipracittam. patronymic fr. vipra-citti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajracañcum. "hard-beaked", a vulture (see -tuṇḍa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajracarmanm. "hard-skinned", a rhinoceros View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajracchedakaprajñāpāramitāf. Name of a Buddhist sūtra- work (also -cchedikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajracihnan. a vajra--like mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajravaracandram. Name of a king of Orissa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākpracodanan. a command expressed in words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākpracodanātind. in consequence of a command, in obedience to an order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakracañcum. "having a curved beak", a parrot, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktracchadam. a cloth covering the face (of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyaracanāf. formation of speech, speaking, talking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyaracanāf. the arrangement or construction of sentences, syntax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanacitracaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanāntaracaramfn. roaming about in a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanāntaracarinmfn. roaming about in a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varacandanan. a sort of dark sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varacandanan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varacandrikāf. Name of a Commentary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārghatīyantracakran. a wheel for drawing water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastracchannamfn. clad in clothes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasturacanāf. arrangement of matter, elaboration of a plot
vatsapracetasmfn. mindful of vatsa- or the vatsa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyupracyuta(vāy/u--) mf(ā-)n. driven by the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaracāturbhadrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitracaritramfn. behaving in a wonderful manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicitracīnāṃśukan. variegated China cloth, shot or watered China silk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyādharacakravartinm. a supreme lord of the vidyā-dhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihitadurgaracanamfn. one who has enjoined the building of a fortress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāsaracikāf. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracchannamfn. ( chad-) concealed, hidden, secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viprachP. -pṛcchati- (rarely te-;Ved. infinitive mood -p/ṛccham-), to ask various questions, make various inquiries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracint(only ind.p. -cintya-), to meditate on, think about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracitm. Name of a dānava- (father of rāhu-) (see -citti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracita gaRa sutaṃ-gamādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracitta wrong reading for next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittimfn. (v/ipra--) sagacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittim. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittim. of a dānava- (father of rāhu-) etc. (see -cit-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittif. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracūdāmaṇim. "Brahman-jewel", an excellent Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrabhadracampūf. Name of a poem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracP. -racayati- (rarely A1.; Aorist vy-araracat-,once -arīracat-; ind.p. vi-racayya-; Passive voice vi-racyate-; Aorist vy-araci-), to construct, contrive, form, fashion, make, arrange etc. ; to build, erect ; to invent, produce, compose, write etc. ; to put on, don, wear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakran. (with tāntrika-s) Name of a mystic diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakran. an army of heroes (See next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakreśvaram. "lord of an army of heroes", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racakṣuṣmatmfn. having the eye of a hero (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracanan. (andf(ā-).) arrangement, disposition, embellishment (with alakānām-,beautifully arranged locks ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracanan. putting on, wearing (ornaments etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracanan. composition, compilation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racarita n. "exploits of the hero", Name of a celebrated drama by bhava-bhūti- (equals mahāvīra-carita- q.v) and of a legendary history of śāli-vāhana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaritran. "exploits of the hero", Name of a celebrated drama by bhava-bhūti- (equals mahāvīra-carita- q.v) and of a legendary history of śāli-vāhana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaryam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racaryāf. the deeds of a hero, adventurous exploits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracayitavyamfn. to be formed or made View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racintāmaṇim. Name of an extract from the śārṅgadhara- paddhati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. constructed, arranged etc.
viracitamfn. performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. composed, written, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. put together, spoken, uttered (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. put on, worn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. furnished with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitamfn. put in, inlaid, set View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitapadamfn. (a speech or song etc.) the words of which are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitavācmfn. one who has composed a speech or who has spoken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitavapusmfn. one who has his body formed or arranged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracitoktimfn. idem or 'mfn. one who has composed a speech or who has spoken ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣaharacikitsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajanavanāgaracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajendracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghracarmamayamfn. wrong reading for ma-cchada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghracarmann. a tiger's skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsasūtracandrikāf. Name of work on the above sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāracamatkāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāracandrodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāracintamaṇim. () Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyūharacanāf. arrangement of troops (naṃ vi-dhā-,"to assume a warlike attitude") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantracchedyan. Name of a particular art (prob. wrong reading for pattra-cch-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantraceṣṭitan. anything effected by magical diagrams, enchantment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantracintāmaṇim. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarājaracanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarājaracanāprakāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogasūtracandrikāf. Name of work relating to the yoga-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasāracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
94 results
rac रच् 1 U. (रच्यति-ते, रचित) 1 To arrange, prepare, make ready, contrive, plan; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru 45; रचयति शयनं सचकितनयनम् Gīt. 5. -2 To make, form, effect, create, produce; माया- विकल्परचितैः स्यन्दनैः R.13.75; माधुर्यं मधुबिन्दुना रचयितुं क्षाराम्बु- धेरीहते Bh.2.6; मौलौ वा रचयाञ्जलिम् Ve.3.4. -3 To write, compose, put together (as a work); अश्वधाटीं जग- न्नाथो विश्वहृद्यामरीरचत् Aśvad 26; Ś.3.14. -4 To place in or upon, fix on; रचयति चिकुरे कुरबककुसुमम् Gīt.7; Ku.4.18,34; Ś.6.17. -5 To adorn, decorate; Me.68. -6 To direct (the mind &c.) towards.
racanam रचनम् ना [रच्-युच्] 1 Arrangement, preparation, disposition; अभिषेक˚, संगीत˚ &c. -2 Formation, creation, production; अन्यैव कापि रचना वचनावलीनाम् Bv.1.69; so भ्रुकुटिरचना Me.52; शृङ्गारोत्तरसत्प्रमेयरचनैराचार्यगोवर्धनः Gīt. -3 performance, completion, accomplishment, effecting; कुरु मम वचनं सत्वररचनम् Gīt.5; R.1.77. -4 A literary work or production, work, composition; संक्षिप्ता वस्तुरचना S. D.422. -5 Dressing the hair. -6 An array or arrangement of troops. -7 A creation of the mind, an artificial fancy. -8 Stringing together (flowers &c.). -9 Contrivance, invention. -1 Fixing the feathers on an arrow.
racayitṛ रचयितृ m. f. A composer, author.
racita रचित p. p. 1 Arranged. -2 Prepared. -3 Made, formed. -4 Strung together. -5 Composed, written. -6 Adorned. -7 Furnished with. -8 Directed towards (as the mind). -9 Invented. -Comp. -अर्थ a. one who has obtained his object. -धी a. one whose mind is intent upon. -पूर्व a. what has been performed before.
apracaṅkaśa अप्रचङ्कश a. Ved. Without the power of seeing; Av.8.6.16.
apracetas अप्रचेतस् a. Ved. Deficient in understanding, foolish, stupid; Av.2.128.2.
apracodita अप्रचोदित a. unasked, undesired; (भिक्षां) पुरस्ताद- प्रचोदितां...ग्राह्याम् Ms.4.248.
apracchedya अप्रच्छेद्य a. Inscrutable.
apracyuta अप्रच्युत a. Unmoved; पर्वते न श्रितान्यप्रच्युतानि Rv.2. 28.8. not swerving from, following, observing (with abl.); अस्मादप्रच्युतो विप्रः प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.12.116.
āpracch आप्रच्छ् 6 Ā. 1 To bid adieu, bid farewell; आपृच्छस्व प्रियसखममुं तुङ्गमालिङ्ग्य शैलम् Me.12; R.8.49,12.13; Māl.7; Bk.14.63. -2 To salute on receiving, but particularly parting with a visitor (साधो यामि इति वचनम्) -3 To ask. -4 To extol. Irregularly it is used in Parasmaipada also; cf. आपृच्छ पुत्रकृतकान् हरिणान् द्रुमांश्च Pratimā.5.11.
āpracchanam आप्रच्छनम् 1 Bidding adieu, taking leave at the time of departure. -2 Welcoming, hailing.
āpracchanna आप्रच्छन्न a. Secret, hidden.
āracita आरचित a. Arranged, prepared, formed &c; see रचित.
āvīracarṇaḥ आवीरचर्णः The opposite-leaved fig-tree. -र्णम् Red powder used in the Holi festival.
uracara उरचर a. Accessory, supplementary. -रः 1 Access, approach. -2 Cure, treatment; त्वग्भेदी व्रणः सूपचरः easily curable. -3 उपचरणम् Approach.
karṇecuracurā कर्णेचुरचुरा f. A secret whispering in the ear.
kuracillaḥ कुरचिल्लः A crab.
kṛkaracchaṭaḥ कृकरच्छटः A saw; क्रकचे कृकरच्छटः Nm.
paripracch परिप्रच्छ् 6 P. To ask, question, inquire about.
pracakita प्रचकित a. Trembling, shuddering.
pracakram प्रचक्रम् 1 An army in motion. -2 A foraging army.
pracakṣ प्रचक्ष् 2 Ā. 1 To say, speak, lay down; स्वजनाश्रु किलातिसंततं दहति प्रेतमिति प्रचक्षते R.8.86. -2 To tell, relate. -3 To consider, regard, deem. -4 To name, call; यो$स्यात्मनः कारयिता तं क्षेत्रज्ञं प्रचक्षते Ms.12.12;2. 17;3.28;1.14.
pracakṣas प्रचक्षस् m. 1 The planet Jupiter. -2 An epithet of Bṛihaspati.
pracaṇḍa प्रचण्ड a. 1 Vehement, excessively violent, impetuous. -2 Strong, powerful, fierce. -3 Very hot, stifling (as heat). -4 Furious, wrathful. -5 Bold, confident. -6 Terrible, terrific. -7 Intolerable, unbearable. -ण्डः A species of oleander. -Comp. -आतपः fierce heat. -घोण a. large-nosed. -भैरवः N. of a व्यायोग (kind of drama). -सूर्य a. having a hot or burning sun; प्रचण्डसूर्यः स्पृहणीयचन्द्रमाः Ṛs.1.1,1.
pracaṇḍatā प्रचण्डता त्वम् 1 Violence, impetuosity. -2 Boldness.
pracapala प्रचपल a. Very unsteady or restless.
praca प्रच (चा) य See under प्रचि.
pracar प्रचर् 1 P. 1 To walk about, stalk forth. -2 To go or issue forth, appear. -3 To roam, wander over. -4 To reach, arrive at. -5 To spread, circulate, be prevalent or current. -6 To prevail (as a custom). -7 To undertake, set about (anything), proceed to work; चिकित्सकानां सर्वेषां मिथ्या प्रचरतां दमः Ms.9.284. -8 To do, perform. -9 To behave, act towards, treat. -1 To be engaged in. -11 To thrive, prosper. -Caus. 1 To cause or allow to roam. -2 To turn out to graze. -3 To make public.
pracaraḥ प्रचरः 1 A road, path, way. -2 A custom, usage.
pracaraṇam प्रचरणम् 1 Going forth, proceeding. -2 Being current, circulating. -3 Undertaking, beginning. -4 Employing, using. -णी A wooden-ladle.
pracarita प्रचरित p. p. 1 Gone forth &c. -2 Practised, followed, pursued (as a profession); यैः कर्मभिः प्रचरितैः शुश्रूष्यन्ते द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -3 Current, publicly known.
pracaryā प्रचर्या Action, process.
pracāraḥ प्रचारः 1 Going forth, ranging, walking about, wandering; शान्तमृगप्रचारम् (काननम्) Ku.3.42. -3 Appearance, coming in, manifestation; U.1; Mu.1. -4 Currency, prevalence, use, being used or applied; विलोक्य तैरप्यधुना प्रचारम् Trik. -5 Conduct, behaviour; Mb.12.171.15; cf. अध्यक्षप्रचारः (a title of the second book of Arthaśāstra.) -6 Custom, usage. -7 A playground, place of exercise. -8 A pasture-ground, pasturage; गवां प्रचारेष्वासीनम् Mb.1.4.17; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -9 A passage, path; योगक्षेमं प्रचारं च न विभाज्यं प्रचक्षते Ms.9.219. -1 Proclamation in public; प्रचारे चापघोषयेत्... Kau. A.2.8.26. -11 Movement, activity (संचार); प्रचारं स तु संगृह्य Rām.7.35.49.
pracārita प्रचारित a. 1 Allowed to wander. -2 Made public or known, become current.
pracārin प्रचारिन् a. 1 Wandering. -2 Showing itself, appearing. -3 Proceeding with, behaving.
pracal प्रचल् 1 P. 1 To shake, move, tremble; समुद्रमपि संतरेत् प्रचलदूर्मिमालाकुलम् Bh.2.4. -2 To go, walk, move on; set out, start off, depart. -3 To start up, spring up-4 To be affected, disturbed or agitated. -5 To prevail, be current. -6 To swerve, deviate from (abl.). -Caus. (चाल˚) 1 To shake, stir up. (चल˚) -2 To move, set in motion. -3 To remove from.
pracala प्रचल a. 1 Trembling, shaking, tremulous; य उत्पलाक्षि प्रचलैर्विलोचनैस्तवाक्षिसादृश्यमिव प्रयुञ्जते Ku.5.35; Māl.1.38. -2 Current, prevailing, customary. -3 Going well or widely. -लः A peacock; Nigh. Ratn.
pracalanam प्रचलनम् 1 Shaking, trembling. -2 Retreat, flight. -3 Circulation, currency. प्रचलित pracalita (प्रचलत् pracalat) प्रचलित (प्रचलत्) a. 1 Shaken, moved, set in motion. -2 Moving about; एतस्मिन् प्रचलाकिनां प्रचलतामुद्वेजिताः कूजितैः U.2.29. -3 Wandering, roaming. -4 Having set out or proceeded. -5 Customary, recognized or received as authority. -6 Current, prevalent. -7 confused, bewildered. -तम् Going away, departure.
pracālanam प्रचालनम् Stirring, shaking, a stir; किं वृथार्थप्रचालनेन Pt.5 'why discuss this matter in vain'.
pracalā प्रचला f. A chamelion (Mar. सऱडा).
pracalākaḥ प्रचलाकः 1 Archery. -2 A peacock's tail. -3 A snake. -का Ved. A violent shower of rain.
pracalākin प्रचलाकिन् m. A peacock; U.2.29; प्रचलाकिकलापिनौ Trikāṇḍaśeṣa.
pracalāyita प्रचलायित a. Rolling about, tossing. -तम् Nodding the head (while asleep in a sitting posture).
pracaṣālam प्रचषालम् A particular ornament on a sacrificial post; चषालं प्रचषालं च यस्य यूपे हिरण्मये Mb.7.61.6.
pracālaḥ प्रचालः The neck of the Indian lute.
praci प्रचि 5 U. 1 To collect, gather. -2 To add to, increase, develop; to enhance, augment. -3 To cut down; परेषामुत्तमाङ्गानि प्रचिन्वन्तमथेषुभिः Mb.6.14.12. -Pass. 1 To grow, be developed; प्रचीयमानावयवा रराज सा R.3.7. -2 To increase, multiply, thrive, prosper; अपि प्रचीयन्ते संव्यवहाराणां वृद्धिलाभाः Mu.1.
praca प्रच (चा) यः 1 Collecting, gathering (as flowers); P.111.3.4. -2 A multitude, quantity, collection, number; प्रसन्नः पुण्यानां प्रचय इव सर्वस्य सुखदः Mv.2.15. -3 Growth, increase. -4 Slight union. -5 The neutral accentless tone (एकश्रुति). -6 (In alg.) The common difference of terms in a progression.
pracayanam प्रचयनम् Collecting, gathering.
pracāyikā प्रचायिका 1 Gathering (flowers &c.) in turn. -2 A female who gathers.
pracita प्रचित p. p. 1 Gathered, collected, plucked. -2 Amassed, accumulated. -3 Covered, filled. -4 Accentless (अनुदात्त).
praceya प्रचेय a. 1 To be gathered. -2 To be increased. -3 Spreading everywhere.
pracud प्रचुद् 1 U. 1 To impel, prompt, urge, incite; धियो यो नः प्रचोदयात् Gāyatrī.; चापलाय प्रचोदितः R.1.9. -2 To drive or urge on, push on. -3 To excite, inspire, encourage, incite, stimulate. -4 To enjoin, direct, prescribe. -5 To request, ask. -6 To fix, settle, determine. -7 To proclaim, announce; परिवेषयेत प्रयतो गुणान् सर्वान् प्रचोदयन् Ms.3.228.
pracodaḥ प्रचोदः 1 Driving onward, urging, inciting. -2 Instigating.
pracodaka प्रचोदक a. Driving onward, urging, inciting.
pracodanam प्रचोदनम् 1 Driving onward, urging, inciting. -2 Instigating, setting on. -3 Ordering, enjoining, prescribing. -4 A rule, precept, order, commandment. -5 Saying. -6 Sending, despatching.
pracodita प्रचोदित p. p. 1 Urged, incited. -2 Instigated. -3 Directed, ordered, prescribed; चोदितो गुरुणा नित्यमप्रचोदित एव वा । कुर्यादध्ययने यत्नमाचार्यस्य हितेषु च॥ Ms.2.191. -4 Sent, despatched. -5 Decreed, determined. -6 Announced.
pracodin प्रचोदिन् a. Driving on, urging &c. -नी 1 A prickly nightshade. -2 N. of a plant; Solanum Indicum or Solanum Jacquini (Mar. रिंगणी).
pracura प्रचुर a. 1 Much, ample, abundant, plentiful; नित्य- व्यया प्रचुरनित्यधनागमा च Bh.2.47; Śi.12.72; महात्मनां वः प्रचुरः समागमः Bhāg. -2 Great, large, extensive; प्रचुर- पुरन्दरधनुः Gīt.2. -3 (At the end of comp.) Abounding in, filled or replete with. -रः A thief. -Comp. -परिभवः frequent humiliation. -पुरुष a. populous. (-षः) a thief.
pracuratā प्रचुरता त्वम् 1 Abundance, plenty, copiousness. -2 Multitude, quantity.
pracurīkaraṇam प्रचुरीकरणम् Adding to, increasing.
pracurīkṛta प्रचुरीकृत a. Augmented, increased.
pracurībhū प्रचुरीभू 1 P. To become plentiful, increase.
pracetas प्रचेतस् m. 1 An epithet of Varuṇa; Ku.2.21. -2 N. of an ancient sage and law-giver; Ms.1.35.
pracetṛ प्रचेतृ m. A charioteer, coach-man.
pracelam प्रचेलम् Yellow sandal-wood.
pracelakaḥ प्रचेलकः A horse.
pracch प्रच्छ् 6 P. (पृच्छति, पप्रच्छ, अप्राक्षीत्, प्रक्ष्यति, प्रष्टुम्, पृष्ट; -caus. प्रच्छयति; pass. पृच्छयते; desid. पिप्रच्छिषति) 1 To ask, question, interrogate, inquire of (with two acc.); पप्रच्छ रामां रमणो$भिलाषम् R.14.27; Bk.6.8; R.3.5; पृच्छामि त्वां धर्मसंमूढचेताः Bg.2.7; ब्राह्मणं कुशलं पृच्छेत् Ms.2.127; so महाश्वेता कादम्बरीमनामयं पप्रच्छ K.192; कुशलमबले पृच्छति त्वां वियुक्तः Me.13; R.1.58. -2 To ascertain, learn by inquiry. -3 To seek, seek for.
pracchanam प्रच्छनम् ना A question, inquiry, interrogation.
pracchad प्रच्छद् 1 U. 1 To cover, wrap up, veil, envelop (वनं) प्राच्छादयदमेयात्मा नीहारेणेव चन्द्रमाः Mb. -2 To hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret; प्रच्छादय स्वान् गुणान् Bh. 2.77; प्रदानं प्रच्छन्नम् 2.64; Ms.4.198;1.4; Ch. P.4. -3 To clothe oneself, put on clothes. -4 To stand in the way, become an obstacle.
pracchad प्रच्छद् n. Ved. 1 Food. -2 A cover.
pracchadaḥ प्रच्छदः A cover, wrapper, coverlet, bed-clothes, bed-cover; प्रच्छदान्तगलिताश्रुबिन्दुभिः R.19.22. -Comp. -पटः bed-clothes, coverlet.
pracchanna प्रच्छन्न p. p. 1 Covered, wrapped, enveloped. -2 Private, secret; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकं प्रच्छन्नगुप्तं धनम् Bh.2.64. -3 Concealed, hidden; प्रच्छन्ना वा प्रकाश वा वेदितव्याः स्वकर्मभिः Ms.1.4; Mb.3.35.31. -4 Clothed, clad. -न्नम् 1 A private door. -2 A loop-hole, lattice, window. -न्नम् ind. Secretly, covertly. -Comp. -तस्करः an unseen thief.
pracchādaka प्रच्छादक a. Concealing, covering (at the end of comp.). -कः The song of a wife deserted by her husband (containing a covert description of her sorrows); also प्रच्छेदक in this sense.
pracchādanam प्रच्छादनम् 1 Covering, concealing. -2 An upper garment. -Comp. -पटः a wrapper, cover, coverlet.
pracchādita प्रच्छादित p. p. 1 Covered, enveloped, clothed &c. -2 Hidden, concealed.
pracchardaka प्रच्छर्दक a. Anything (drug &c.) causing vomiting.
pracchardanam प्रच्छर्दनम् 1 Vomiting. -2 Emitting, sending forth. -3 An emetic; प्रच्छर्दनविधारणाभ्यां वा प्राणस्य Pātañjala S.1.34.
pracchardikā प्रच्छर्दिका Vomiting.
pracchānam प्रच्छानम् 1 Scarifying. -2 Making sore.
pracchāyam प्रच्छायम् [प्रकृष्टा छाया यत्र] Thick or dense shade, a shadowy place; प्रच्छायसुलभनिद्रा दिवसाः परिणामरमणीयाः Ś.1.3; M.3.
pracchid प्रच्छिद् 7 U. To cut, cleave.
pracchedanam प्रच्छेदनम् Dividing into small pieces.
pracchila प्रच्छिल a. Dry, waterless.
pracyu प्रच्यु 1 Ā. 1 To move away, go away, withdraw, retreat. -2 To fall off from, drop down, fall down. -3 To forsake, abandon (as religion). -4 To be ejected or driven, be dislodged, be deprived of, lose (with abl.) -5 To flow out, stream forth. -6 To drive, urge on. -Caus. 1 To move, shake. -2 To displace, dislodge, eject, expel. -3 To cause to fall, ruin.
pracyavaḥ प्रच्यवः 1 Fall, ruin. -2 Improvement, advancement, growth. -3 Withdrawal.
pracyavanam प्रच्यवनम् 1 Departing, retreating, withdrawal. -2 Loss, deprivation. -3 Oozing, dropping (क्षरण).
pracyāvanam प्रच्यावनम् 1 Causing to give up. -2 A means of removing, a sedative or palliative.
pracyāvita प्रच्यावित p. p. Driven away; ततो निवातकवचैरितः प्रच्याविताः सुराः Mb.3.172.28.
pracyāvuka प्रच्यावुक a. Transitory, fragile.
pracyuta प्रच्युत p. p. 1 Fallen off or from. -2 Strayed, deviated. -3 Dislodged, displaced, degraded; अस्माद- प्रच्युतो विप्रः प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.12.116. -4 Displaced, ejected. -5 Banished, expelled. -6 Routed, put to flight.
pracyutiḥ प्रच्युतिः f. 1 Departing, withdrawal. -2 Loss, deprivation, falling down from; नित्यं प्रच्युतिशङ्कया क्षणमपि स्वर्गे न मोदामहे Śānti.4.2. -3 Fall, ruin.
virac विरच् 1 U. 1 To arrange; क्षितिविरचितशय्यं कौतुकागार- मागात् Ku.7.94. -2 To compose, put together, write; इति विरचितवाग्भिर्बन्दिपुत्रैः R.5.75; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88,15. -3 To effect, produce, cause, make; मालाकार व्यरचि भवता या तरोरस्य पुष्टिः Bv.1.3. -4 To put on. -5 To set, inlay.
viracanam विरचनम् ना 1 Arrangement, disposition; तारावली- विरचनैर्व्यरुचन्निवासाः Śi.5.21. -2 Contriving, constructing. -3 Formation, creation. -4 Composition, compilation.
viracita विरचित p. p. 1 Arranged, made, formed, prepared. -2 Contrived, constructed. -3 Written, composed. -4 Trimmed, dressed, embellished, ornamented. -5 Put on, worn. -6 Set, inlaid.
Macdonell Vedic Search
17 results
aṅkuśin aṅkuś-ín, a. having a hook, hooked, attractive, x. 34, 7 [aṅkuśá hook].
apīcya apīc-yà, a. secret, ii. 35, 11 [apīc contraction of a presupposed api-añc].
pṛchamāna pṛchá-māna, pr. pt. Ā. asking oneself, x. 34, 6 [prach ask].
prach prach ask, VI. pṛchá, ii. 12, 5; vii. 86, 3 [sec. root: praś + cha; cp. Lat. posco = porc-sco and prec-or, OG. forsc-ōn].
prāñc prá̄ñc, a., f. prāc-í̄, forward, x. 34, 12; facing, x. 135, 3 [prá + añc].
marḍitr marḍ-i-tṛ́, m. one who pities, x. 34, 3 [mṛḍ be gracious].
mṛḍ mṛḍ be gracious, VI. mṛḷá, ii. 33, 11. 14; viii. 48, 9; x. 34, 14; cs. mṛḷáya, id., viii. 48, 8.
mṛḷayāku mṛḷay-á̄ku, a. merciful, ii. 33, 7 [mṛḍ be gracious].
mṛḷīka mṛḷ-īká, n. mercy, vii. 86, 2; viii. 48, 12 [mṛḍ be gracious].
mṛś mṛś touch, VI. mṛśá. pári- embrace, x. 34, 4.
yātudhāna yātu-dhá̄na, m. sorcerer, i. 35, 10 [yātú, m. sorcery + dhāna practising from dhā put, do].
vartman várt-man, n. track, i. 85, 3 [vṛt turn].
vedhas vedh-ás, m. disposer, iii. 59, 4 [vidh worship, be gracious].
vratacārin vrata-cārín, a. practising a vow, vii. 103, 1 [cār-ín, from car go, practise].
sapti sáp-ti, m. racer, i. 85, 1. 6.
svmrḷīka sv-mṛ́ḷīka, a. (Bv.) very gracious, i. 35, 10 [mṛḷīká, n. mercy].
saumanasa saumanas-á, n. good graces, iii. 59, 4; x. 14, 6 [su-mánas].
Macdonell Search
21 results
racana n. arranging, preparing, com posing: â, f. arrangement, disposition, pre paration; performance, accomplishment; for mation, production of (--°ree; often concrete= product); work, composition; style; array of troops; contrivance, invention; putting on (of garments).
racita pp.: -katushka, a. marked round with a square of chalk or grain; -tva, n. state of being composed; -pûrva, a. pre viously performed; -½artha, a. having accom plished one's object.
atipracaṇḍa a. extremely vehement; -pratyâsa&ndot;ga, m. too great proximity.
apracyuta pp. unshaken; not swerving from (ab.).
apracetas a. unwise, imprudent.
abhipracakṣe d. inf. in order to look about.
abhracchāyā f. shadow of a cloud.
aśāstracakṣus a. not see ing with the eye of the sâstras.
uttaracchada m. cover, coverlet; -ga, a. born of the last mentioned marriage.
udāracarita a. acting nobly; -ketas, a. high-minded; -tâ, f., -tva, n. gene rosity; -dhi, a. of exalted intellect; -bhâva, m. magnanimity; -vikrama, m. of eminent prowess; -sattva, a. of noble character.
gopracāra m. pasture land for cows; -pratâra, m. Oxford, N. of a place of pilgrimage on the Sarayû; -balîvarda-nyâ ya, m. the manner of cow-bull, i. e. excusable tautology; -brâhmana, n. sg. a cow and (or) a Brâhman.
tatracakṣurmanas a. directing eyes and thoughts thither.
dūrodāracaritra a. being a stranger to noble conduct.
dhīracetas a. resolute-minded, courageous; 1. -tâ, f., -tva, n. firmness; re soluteness, courage; quiet, silence; 2. -tâ, f. wisdom; -prasânta, pp. deep and yet calm (voice); resolute and quiet (hero); -bhâva, m. steadfastness.
paracintā f. thought for others; -kkhidra, n. another's failings or weak points; -gana, m. stranger; -tantra, a. dependent on another; dependent on (--°ree;): î-kri, make dependent; make over to another, sell.
pracyavana n. withdrawal, departure; loss of (ab.); -kyuta, pp. (√ kyu) fallen, degraded, banished, etc.; -kyuti, f. departure, withdrawal; loss of (ab.); abandonment of (--°ree;):sâmya½avasthânât--, loss of equilibrium.
pracchada m. coverlet, bed-cover; -kkhanna, pp. (√ khad), hidden, secreted, disguised, etc.; -khhâdaka, a covering, concealing (--°ree;); m. song, accompanied by the lute, of a woman deserted by her husband, and containing a veiled reference to her forlorn state; -kkhâdana, a. covering, concealing (--°ree;); n. concealment; -kkhâdya, fp. to be concealed; -kkhâya, n (?) shady place, shade; -kkhita, pp. √ khâ.
pracaya m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).
pracaṇḍa a. violent or impetuous; very powerful (heat); very fierce, furious, or terrific; m. N. of a Dânava: -tarî-bhû, grow more furious; -varman, m. N. of a king.
śaraccandra m. autumnal moon (parinata-, full --); -kandrikâ, f. autumn moonlight (parinata-, a. f. having autumnal full-moonlight); -khâli, m. autumnal rice (sâli).
suracāpa m. n. rainbow.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
21 results0 results259 results
agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.8.47; VSK.8.22.1; śB.11.5.9.7. P: agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasam Kś.12.5.14.
agnijihvā manavaḥ sūracakṣasaḥ # RV.1.89.7c; VS.25.20c; KS.35.1c; Apś.14.16.1c.
agniṃ te vasuvantam (AVP. vasumantam) ṛchantu, ye māghāyavaḥ prācyā diśo 'bhidāsān # AVś.19.18.1; AVP.7.17.1.
agnir aṅga vicetāḥ sa pracetāḥ # RV.10.79.4d. Cf. agnir id dhi.
agnir id dhi pracetāḥ # RV.6.14.2a. Cf. agnir aṅga.
agnir mandro vidatheṣu pracetāḥ # RV.4.6.2b.
agne divaḥ sūnur asi pracetāḥ # RV.3.25.1a. P: agne divaḥ śś.14.52.4.
agner manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ (MS. prathamasyāmṛtānām) # AVś.4.23.1a; AVP.4.33.1a; TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.6; KS.22.15a; TB.3.9.16.4; Apś.20.23.4. P: agner manve Vait.2.11; Mś.1.5.5.5; MG.1.5.5; 23.18; 2.6.5; VHDh.8.232. Designated as mṛgāra, mṛgārasūktāni, and mṛgārāṇi Kauś.9.1; 27.34; BDh.4.7.5.
aghoracakṣur apatighny edhi (JG. -ghnī ma edhi; AVś. syonā) # RV.10.85.44a; AVś.14.2.17a; SMB.1.2.17a (GG.2.2.16); PG.1.4.16a; ApMB.1.1.4a (ApG.2.4.4); HG.1.20.2a; MG.1.10.6a; JG.1.21a; VārG.14.3a. P: aghoracakṣuḥ śG.1.16.5; Kauś.77.22. Cf. BṛhD.8.137.
athedam adharācyam # AVś.4.7.2c; AVP.2.1.1c.
atho sahasracakṣo tvam # AVś.4.20.5c. See adhā sahasra-, and evā sahasra-.
adābhyo bhuvanāni pracākaśat # RV.4.53.4a.
adevād devaḥ pracatā guhā yan # RV.10.124.2a.
adharāñcaṃ parā suva # AVś.5.22.3d; 19.39.10d; AVP.7.10.10d; 12.1.4d. Cf. adharācīḥ etc.
adhā sahasracakṣo tvam # AVP.8.6.11c. See under atho sahasra-.
adhi pracetune pade # RV.1.21.6b.
anānudaṃ vṛṣabha radhracodanam # RV.10.38.5b; JB.1.228b.
antarhitā ma rṣayaḥ pracetasaḥ # AVP.13.1.7a. The word antarhitā is missing in all mss.
anvārabhethām anusaṃrabhethām # AVś.6.122.3a. See ārabhethām, and cf. prācīṃ-prācīṃ pradiśaṃ.
apa prāca indra viśvāṃ amitrān # RV.10.131.1a; AB.6.22.1; 8.10.8; KB.29.4; TB.2.4.1.2a; Aś.7.4.7. Ps: apa prāca indra Aś.8.3.2; apa prācaḥ śś.12.3.5; 13.1; śG.6.5.6. Cf. BṛhD.8.46. Designated as sukīrti AB.6.29.1; KB.30.5; śś.12.13.1. See apendra prāco.
aparīvṛto vasati pracetāḥ # RV.2.10.3d.
apācīm anu saṃvatam # AVP.4.17.5d. See parācīm anu, and parācīr anu.
apendra prāco maghavann amitrān # AVś.20.125.1a; GB.2.6.4,12; Vait.32.13. Designated as sukīrti GB.2.6.8; Vait.27.24; 33.12. See apa prāca.
apodīco apa śūrādharācaḥ # RV.10.131.1c; AVś.20.125.1c; AB.6.22.2c; GB.2.6.4; TB.2.4.1.3c.
ayaṃ kavir akaviṣu pracetāḥ # RV.7.4.4a.
arasaṃ prācyaṃ viṣam # AVś.4.7.2a; AVP.2.1.1a.
aśmavarma me 'si yo mā prācyā diśo (2, mā dakṣiṇāyā diśo; 3, mā pratīcyā diśo; 4, modīcyā diśo; 5, mā dhruvāyā diśo; 6, mordhvāyā diśo; 7, mā diśām antardeśebhyo) 'ghāyur abhidāsāt # AVś.5.10.1--7. P: aśmavarma me Vait.29.11; Kauś.51.14. See prec. and yo 'smān prācyā (dakṣiṇāyā, pratīcyā, udīcyā, dhruvāyā, ūrdhvāyā: AVP.6.12.8--10 and 6.13.1--3), and cf. idam ahaṃ yo mā prācyā (dakṣiṇāyā etc.) diśo etc. (Kauś.49.7--9), and AVś.4.40.
aśvājani pracetasaḥ (AVP. pra codaya) # RV.6.75.13c; AVP.15.11.5c; VS.29.50c; TS.4.6.6.5c; MS.3.16.3c: 187.7; KSA.6.1c; N.9.20c.
asmabhyam indra dadataḥ pracetaḥ # AVP.1.51.1d.
asme ārāc cid dveṣaḥ sanutar yuyotu # N.6.7. Pāda d of RV.6.47.13, preceded by asme, the last word of pāda c.
asyāṃ me prācyaṃ diśi sūryaś ca candraś cādhipatī sūryaś ca candraś ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātāṃ sūryaṃ ca candraṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.1. Cf. ye purastāj juhvati.
āchedanaḥ prachedanaḥ # AVP.7.5.12a.
āpo nudantu (ApMBḥG. bādhantāṃ) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.6.124.2d; ApMB.2.22.11d; HG.1.16.7d.
ā māvṛkta martyo dabhracetāḥ # RV.8.101.16d.
āyur yat te atihitaṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.7.53.3a.
ārāñ śatrum # see ārāc chatrum.
āre bādhasva (AVP. bādhiṣṭa) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVP.14.2.10c; MS.1.3.39c: 45.6; KS.4.13c. See parā bādhasva, and bādhasva dūre.
āre bādhethāṃ nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # RV.6.74.2c; TS.1.8.22.5c; MS.4.11.2c: 165.12; KS.11.12c. See bādhethāṃ dūraṃ.
iḍāyās (Apś. -yāḥ) padaṃ ghṛtavac carācaram # Aś.2.2.17a; Apś.6.5.7a; Mś.1.6.1.15a. See next, and iḍāyai sṛptaṃ.
iḍāyai sṛptaṃ ghṛtavac carācaram # TA.3.11.12a; HG.2.17.2a. See under iḍāyās padaṃ ghṛtavac.
itaḥ pracetā amutaḥ sanīyān # TS.3.5.5.3d.
idam ahaṃ yo mā prācyā (also dakṣiṇāyā, pratīcyā, etc.) diśo 'ghāyur abhidāsād apavādīd iṣūguhaḥ tasyemau prāṇāpānāv apakrāmāmi brahmaṇā # Kauś.49.7--8. Cf. AVś.4.40; 5.10.
idhmaṃ yas te jabharac chaśramāṇaḥ # RV.4.12.2a.
indav indrapītasya ta indriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.5.4. P: indo Lś.2.5.5.
induṃ sahasracakṣasam # RV.9.60.1c.
induḥ satrācā manasā puruṣṭutaḥ # RV.9.77.4b.
indraḥ puro vy airac chambarasya # RV.2.19.6d.
indraṃ satrācā manasā # RV.8.2.37b.
indra tvā sūracakṣasaḥ # RV.1.16.1c.
indravantaḥ pracarata # KA.2.57. See under om indravantaḥ.
indrasya manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.10; KS.22.15a. See next, and indrasya manmahe.
indro bāhubhyām abharac cikitvān # AVP.14.1.1a.
indro mā marutvān prācyā (AVP.AVś.19.17.8a, etasyā) diśaḥ pātu # AVś.18.3.25a; 19.17.8a; AVP.7.16.8. Ps: indro mā marutvān Vait.22.3; Kauś.81.39; indro mā Kauś.85.26.
imāṃ prācīm udīcīm # TB.3.7.4.8a; Apś.1.2.1a.
iyakṣanti pracetasaḥ # RV.9.64.21b.
iṣkartāram adhvarasya pracetasam # RV.10.140.5a; SV.2.1170a; VS.12.110a; MS.2.7.14a: 96.4; śB.7.3.1.33. See niṣkartāram.
ihā yantu pracetasaḥ # AVś.8.7.7a.
īkṣitād ghoracakṣasaḥ # AVP.7.8.6d.
ugrā nāma stha teṣāṃ vaḥ puro gṛhāḥ prācī dik teṣāṃ vo agnir iṣavaḥ # AVP.2.56.1. Cf. AVś.3.26; AVP.3.11.
uta pracetaso made # RV.8.7.12c.
uta vātāṃ atarac chūśuvānaḥ # RV.4.27.2d.
udardanī pracyavanī # AVP.5.10.5a.
uṣo vājena vājini pracetāḥ # RV.3.61.1a. P: uṣo vājena Aś.4.14.2. Cf. BṛhD.4.124 (B).
ṛcaḥ prācīnātānāḥ # AB.8.17.2.
ṛcāṃ prācī mahatī dig ucyate # TB.3.12.9.1a; Apś.19.15.6.
etāvad asya prācīnam # AVś.4.11.18c; AVP.3.25.11c.
eti prācī viśvavārā namobhiḥ # RV.5.28.1c.
enam enān adharācaḥ parāco 'vācas tapasas (read tamasas ?) tam unnayata devāḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ prajāpatiḥ prathamo devatānām # Kauś.49.6. Doubtful text.
evā sahasracakṣo tvam # AVP.3.22.5c. See under atho sahasra-.
om indravantaḥ pracarata # MS.4.9.2: 123.6; TA.4.4.1; Apś.15.6.2. See indravantaḥ pracarata, and indravanta stuta.
oṣadhayaḥ prācucyavuḥ # AVP.11.7.1c; TS.4.2.6.3c; MS.2.7.13c: 94.4; KS.16.13c. See oṣadhīḥ etc.
oṣadhīḥ prācucyavuḥ # RV.10.97.10c; VS.12.84c. See oṣadhayaḥ etc.
kaṇvaṃ dada pracetasaḥ # RV.1.39.9b.
kathā vidhāty apracetāḥ # RV.1.120.1c.
kad u pracetase mahe # SV.1.224a.
kad rudrāya pracetase # RV.1.43.1a; TA.10.17.1a; MahānU.13.3a. P: kad rudrāya śś.3.5.6; 4.20.2; AG.4.8.23; VHDh.6.56. Designated as raudryaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Rvidh.1.18.6,7.
kavim iva pracetasam (SV. praśaṃsyam) # RV.8.84.2a; SV.2.595a.
kavī gambhīracetasā # RV.8.8.2d.
kavī devau pracetasau (VSK. pracetasā) # VS.28.7c; VSK.30.7c; TB.2.6.7.4c.
kave vipracitte śrotra, asāv ehi # TB.3.10.8.3.
kiṃ te pākaḥ kṛṇavad apracetāḥ # RV.10.7.6b.
kim aṅga radhracodanaḥ # RV.8.80.3a.
kim aṅga radhracodanaṃ tvāhuḥ # RV.6.44.10d.
kutrā cid yasya samṛtau # RV.5.7.2a; TS.2.1.11.3a; MS.4.12.4a: 187.9. P: kutrācit Mś.5.2.1.17.
kṛṣṇāc cit tamasas pari # AVś.5.30.11d. See kṛchrāc etc.
kṣayann asmabhyam asura pracetāḥ # RV.1.24.14c; TS.1.5.11.3c; MS.4.10.4c: 153.11; 4.14.17c: 246.8; KS.40.11c.
jarāmṛtyur jarāyur jarācakṣur jarāsvaḥ # AVP.1.80.4.
jahāty apracetasaḥ # RV.9.64.20c.
jahi pratīco anūcaḥ parācaḥ # RV.3.30.6c; AVś.3.1.4c; AVP.3.6.4c.
jahi vṛṣṇyāni kṛṇuhī parācaḥ # RV.6.25.3d.
jīvātuṃ ca pracetasaḥ # RV.8.47.4b.
juhvānāya pracetase # RV.8.27.21d.
jyeṣṭhāya yad apracetāḥ # AVś.20.128.2c. See jyeṣṭho yad.
jyeṣṭho yad apracetāḥ # śś.12.20.2.3c. See jyeṣṭhāya yad.
jyotiṣkṛto adhvarasya pracetasaḥ # RV.10.66.1b.
taṃ hotāram adhvarasya pracetasam # RV.7.16.12a; SV.2.864a.
tataḥ pāhi tvaṃ naḥ pracetaḥ # AVś.7.106.1c.
tat ta indriyaṃ paramaṃ parācaiḥ # RV.1.103.1a; AB.5.21.4; KB.26.16. P: tat ta indriyam Aś.8.7.24; śś.10.11.7.
taṃ tvā sahasracakṣasam # RV.9.60.2a.
tan na ādityaḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.7c; MahānU.3.9c.
tan naś candraḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.9.
tan naḥ ṣaṇmukhaḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.6c. Cf. ṣaṇmukhāya.
tan naḥ ṣaṣṭhaḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.3.5c.
tan naḥ siṃhaḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.3.17c. See tan no nāra-.
tan naḥ sūryaḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.3.8c.
tan naḥ sṛṣṭiḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.15.
tan naḥ skandaḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 119.12.
tan no agniḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.7c; MahānU.3.7c.
tan no garuḍaḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.6c; MahānU.3.15c.
tan no gaurī pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 119.10; MahānU.3.14c.
tan no dantī (TA. -tiḥ) pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.1; TA.10.1.5c; MahānU.3.4c.
tan no durgiḥ (MahānU. durgā) pracodayāt # TA.10.1.7c; MahānU.3.12c.
tan no dhyānaḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.13.
tan no nandiḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.6c.
tan no nārasiṃhaḥ pracodayāt # TA.10.1.7c. See tan naḥ siṃhaḥ.
tan no brahmā (Tā. -ma) pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.3; Tā.10.1.6c; MahānU.3.18c.
tan no bhagavatī pracodayāt # MahānU.3.13c.
tan no bhānuḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.7; MahānU.3.10c.
tan no mahālakṣmīḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.4.9; NṛpU.4.2. Cf. tan no lakṣmīḥ.
tan no rudraḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 119.8; KS.17.11c; TA.10.1.5c (bis); 46.1c; MahānU.3.1c,2c; 17.4c.
tan no lakṣmīḥ pracodayāt # RVKh.5.87.25c. Cf. tan no mahālakṣmīḥ.
tan no vahniḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.11.
tan no viṣṇuḥ pracodayāt # MS.2.9.1c: 120.5; TA.10.1.6c; MahānU.3.16c.
tan no vṛṣabhaḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.3.3c,11c.
tan no vaiśvānaraḥ pracodayāt # MahānU.3.6c.
tam u tvā nūnam asura pracetasam # RV.8.90.6a; SV.2.762a.
taṃ bibhrac candramā maṇim # AVś.10.6.10d.
tava kratvā taviṣasya pracetaḥ # RV.10.83.5b; AVś.4.32.5b; AVP.4.32.5b.
tasmai namo daśa prācīḥ kṛṇomi # AVś.5.28.11c; AVP.2.59.9c. Cf. tasmai kṛṇomi.
tasmai virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye samudrāya viśvavyacase tuthāya viśvavedase śvātrāya pracetase sahasrākṣāya brahmaṇaḥ putrāya namaḥ # SMB.2.4.6. Cf. virūpākṣāya dantājjaye.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandaso harivataḥ sarvagaṇasya (Kś. -endriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ [also triṣṭupchandasaḥ, jagacchandasaḥ] sarvagaṇasya; PB.9.9.11, -endriyāvataḥ sarvagaṇasya) sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya (Kś. -gaṇa upahūtasyopahūto) bhakṣayāmi # Kś.25.12.6,7; PB.1.6.1; 9.9.11. Cf. indav indrapītasya, and Vait.19.6.
tasya no dhehi tvam asi pracetāḥ # AVP.2.68.6b.
tāḥ prācya (Vait. -cyaḥ; Mś. -cīr) ujjigāhire (Kś. -hīre; Vait. saṃjigaire) # Vait.34.9d; Kś.13.3.21d; Mś.7.2.7.10d. See prācīś co-.
tāṃs tvaṃ sahasracakṣo # AVś.19.35.3c; AVP.3.22.3c,4c; 11.4.3c.
yajñasyādhvarasya pracetasā # RV.8.10.4c.
tilaiḥ prachādya vāsobhiḥ # ViDh.87.8c.
tena nūnaṃ vimadāya pracetasā # RV.8.9.15c; AVś.20.141.5c.
tebhyo daśa prācīr daśa dakṣiṇā daśa pratīcīr daśodīcīr daśordhvāḥ # VS.16.64--66; TS.4.5.11.2; śB.9.1.1.38; MS.2.9.9 (ter): 129.9,12,15; KS.17.16 (ter).
te māyino mamire supracetasaḥ # RV.1.159.4a.
triḥ pracyāvayatāt # śB.3.8.3.3; Kś.6.8.1.
triḥ pracyutasya hṛdayam uttamaṃ kurutāt # śB.3.8.3.3; Kś.6.8.1.
tvaṃ dūtaḥ kavir asi pracetāḥ # RV.10.110.1d; AVś.5.12.1d; VS.29.25d; MS.4.13.3d: 201.9; KS.16.20d; TB.3.6.3.1d; N.8.5d.
tvaṃ potā viśvavāra pracetāḥ # RV.7.16.5c; SV.1.61c; MS.2.13.8c: 157.6.
dakṣiṇāvāḍ vājinī prācy eti # RV.3.6.1c; MS.4.14.3c: 218.12; TB.2.8.2.5c.
daśa prācīr daśa bhāsi dakṣiṇāḥ (KA.3.227, dakṣiṇā) # MS.4.9.5a: 125.3; TA.4.6.1a; KA.3.227,228a; Apś.15.8.12. P: daśa prācīḥ Mś.4.2.36.
daśāhaṃ prācīs tad ṛtaṃ vadāmi # RV.10.34.12d.
dātā rādha stuvate kāmyaṃ vasu (SV. vasu pracetana) # RV.2.22.3c; SV.2.837c.
dādhartha prācīṃ kakubhaṃ pṛthivyāḥ # RV.7.99.2d.
divi panthāś carācaraḥ # RV.10.85.11d; AVś.14.1.11d.
durhārdasaṃ ghoracakṣum # AVP.11.4.3a. See next.
dūre tan nāma guhyaṃ parācaiḥ # RV.10.55.1a.
dūre hy adhvā jaguriḥ parācaiḥ # RV.10.108.1b; N.11.25b.
devam ādevaṃ janata pracetasam # RV.4.1.1e.
devāś cit te asurya pracetasaḥ # RV.2.23.2a.
dyauś ca naḥ (AVP.KSṭB. tvā) pṛthivī ca pracetasā (AVP. -sau) # RV.10.36.2a; AVP.4.3.7a; KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.8.2a; 16.2a. See dyauś ca ma idaṃ pṛthivī ca pracetasau.
dyauś ca ma idaṃ pṛthivī ca pracetasau # AVś.6.53.1a. P: dyauś ca me Kauś.31.9; 59.28; 66.2. See dyauś ca naḥ.
dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt # RV.3.62.10c; SV.2.812c; VS.3.35c; 22.9c; 30.2c; 36.3c; TS.1.5.6.4c; 4.1.11.1c; MS.4.10.3c: 149.15; KB.26.10; GB.1.1.36; DB.3.25c; śB.2.3.4.39c; 14.9.3.13; TA.1.11.3c; 10.27.1c; Tā.10.35c; BṛhU.6.3.13; MahānU.15.2c; MU.6.7c; JUB.4.28.3; śś.2.10.2; Kauś.91.8; SMB.1.6.29c; HG.1.6.11; BDh.2.10.17.14c.
dhībhir vatsapracetasā # RV.8.8.7c.
na tat prāpnoti nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ (Kś. nirṛtiḥ parastāt) # Kś.25.9.14d; Apś.9.18.12d. Cf. nābhiprāpnoti.
na prācīnam ādityā nota paścā # RV.2.27.11b; TS.2.1.11.5b; MS.4.14.14b: 238.14.
namaḥ prācyai diśe yāś ca devatā etasyāṃ prati vasanty etābhyaś ca namaḥ # TA.2.20.1.
namo 'gnaye pracarate # AVś.9.3.12c.
narāśaṃsapītasya soma deva te matividaḥ prātaḥsavanasya gāyatrachandasaḥ pitṛpītasya (Mś.2.4.6.15, mativido mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya triṣṭupchandasaḥ; Mś.2.5.1.50, matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagacchandasaḥ) # Mś.2.4.2.32; 2.4.6.15; 2.5.1.50. P: narāśaṃsapītasya Mś.2.4.2.42.
nābhi prāpnoti (Mś. -pnuyur) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ (Aśṃś. parastāt, but Mś. mss. purastāt) # TB.3.7.3.6d; Aś.3.10.31d; Apś.9.4.1d; Mś.3.5.14d. Cf. na tat prāpnoti.
nidhedhāsi (KS. nidheyāsi) pracyutīnām apracyutaṃ nikāmadharaṇaṃ puruṣaspārhaṃ (KS. puruspārhaṃ) yaśasvat # MS.4.13.8: 211.1; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1.
niṣkartāram adhvarasya pracetasam # KS.16.14a; TS.4.2.7.3a. See iṣkartāram.
nṛbhiḥ soma pracyuto grāvabhiḥ sutaḥ # RV.9.80.4c.
panya ā dardirac chatā # RV.8.32.18a.
parācy etu nirṛtiḥ parācā # TB.3.1.2.2b.
parā bādhasva nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # KS.39.1d. See under āre bādhasva nirṛtiṃ.
pari bhrātuḥ putrāc cetasa ena āgan # AVś.6.116.3b.
paryastākṣā apracaṅkaśāḥ # AVś.8.6.16a.
paśyanti dhīrāḥ pracaranti pākāḥ # TB.2.8.8.1d.
pāta prāñcam (KS. prācaḥ) # MS.2.6.9: 69.9; 4.4.3: 53.13; KS.15.7; Apś.18.14.13; Mś.9.1.3.13. See pātainaṃ prā-.
purastāc chakrā uttarāt # AVP.15.14.8c. See purastād uttarāc.
purastād uttarāc chakrāḥ # AVś.11.6.18c. See purastāc chakrā.
pūrvām anu pradiśaṃ yāti cekitat # RV.9.111.3a. See prācīm anu etc.
pracetana pracetaya # ā.4.2b; Aś.6.2.9a; 3.11; Mahānāmnyaḥ 2c.
pracetayann arṣati vācam emām # RV.9.97.13d. See pracodayann.
pracetā vo rudraiḥ paścād upa dadhatām # TA.1.20.1. See next, and rudrās tvā pracetasaḥ.
pracodayann arṣasi vācam emām # SV.2.156d. See pracetayann.
pra taṃ prācā nayati brahmaṇas patiḥ # RV.2.26.4b.
pratyagvadhena pracyutān # AVP.10.12.9a.
pra dakṣāya pracetasā # RV.8.9.20c; AVś.20.142.5c.
pra yakṣma etu nirṛtiṃ (AVś.AVP. nirṛtiḥ) parācaiḥ # AVś.2.10.5b; AVP.2.3.3d; TB.2.5.6.2d; HG.2.4.1d; ApMB.2.12.8d. See next.
prayasvanto na satrāca ā gata # RV.10.77.4d.
pra yaḥ satrācā (TB. sa vācā) manasā yajāte (TB. text, -tai) # RV.7.100.1c; TB.2.4.3.5c.
pravadbhir indrāc citayanta āyan # RV.1.33.6d.
pra svāṃ matim atirac chāśadānaḥ (MS. -rañ śā-) # RV.1.33.13d; MS.4.14.13d: 237.15; TB.2.8.4.4d; N.6.16.
prākto apācīm anayaṃ tad enām # AVś.18.3.3d. See prācīm avācīm.
prāci hy edhi # Aś.5.13.14. See prācy ehi.
prācīṃ juṣāṇā prācy ājyasya vetu svāhā # Aś.5.13.14. See prec. but one.
prācī dik # VS.14.13; 15.10; TS.4.3.6.2; 4.2.1; 5.5.10.1; MS.1.5.4: 71.9; 1.5.11: 80.7; 2.7.20: 104.16; 2.8.3: 108.8; 2.8.9: 113.5; 2.13.21: 166.13; KS.7.2,9; 17.3,8; 20.11; 39.7; śB.8.3.1.14; 6.1.5; TB.3.11.5.1; Apś.6.18.3; 17.2.2; 3.6; 20.14; Mś.1.6.2.14; 6.1.8.6; 6.2.1.18; 6.2.2.4; ApMB.2.17.14; HG.2.16.9; MG.1.11.15. Cf. prācīm ā roha.
prācīnaṃ sīdat (MS. sīdāt) pradiśā pṛthivyāḥ # VS.20.39b; MS.3.11.1b: 140.2; KS.38.6b; TB.2.6.8.2b. Cf. prācīnaṃ barhiḥ.
prācīnaṃ barhiḥ pradiśā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.10.110.4a; AVś.5.12.4a; VS.29.29a; MS.4.13.3a: 202.1; KS.16.20a; TB.3.6.3.2a; N.8.9a. Cf. prācīnaṃ sīdat.
prācī pretam adhvaraṃ kalpayantī # VS.5.17; TS.1.2.13.2; 6.2.9.3; śB.3.5.3.17. Ps: prācī pretam adhvaram Apś.11.6.11; prācī pretam Kś.8.4.3. Metrical.
prācīm anu pradiśaṃ prehi vidvān # VS.17.66a; TS.4.6.5.1a; 5.4.7.1; MS.1.6.2a: 86.18; KS.7.13a; 18.4a; 21.9; śB.9.2.3.25; TB.1.1.7.1; 8.5; 2.1.22a; Mś.1.5.4.7; 1.7.3.41. Ps: prācīm anu pradiśam Apś.5.14.5; 17.15.1; prācīm anu MS.2.10.6: 138.3.
prācīm ā roha (MS.KS. tiṣṭha) # VS.10.10; MS.2.6.10: 69.15; KS.15.7; śB.5.4.1.3; Kś.15.5.23. Cf. prācī dik.
prācīṃ-prācīṃ pradiśam ā rabhethām # AVś.12.3.7a. P: prācīṃ-prācīm Kauś.61.1. Cf. under anvārabhethām anu.
prācīś cojjagāhire # Apś.21.20.3d. See tāḥ prācya.
prācyā diśas tvam indrāsi rājā # AVś.6.98.3a. See prācyāṃ diśi tvam.
prācyā diśā etc. # see prācyāṃ diśi devā.
prācyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi # AVś.18.3.30. P: prācyāṃ tvā diśi Kauś.80.53.
prācyāṃ diśi tvam indrāsi rājā # TS.2.4.14.1a; MS.4.12.2a: 181.9; KS.8.17a. Ps: prācyāṃ diśi tvam indra Apś.19.22.4; prācyāṃ diśi Mś.5.1.10.21. See prācyā diśas.
prācyāṃ diśi (MS.KSṃś. prācyā diśā; śś. prācyā diśā saha) devā ṛtvijo mārjayantām # TS.1.6.5.1; 7.5.3; MS.1.4.2: 48.10; 1.4.7: 54.13; KS.5.5; 32.5; Aś.1.11.7; śś.4.11.4; Apś.4.14.4; Mś.1.4.3.8; JG.1.4.
prācy ehi prācy ehi # TB.3.11.9.8; Apś.19.14.14. See prāci hy edhi.
prācyai tvā diśe 'gnaye 'dhipataye 'sitāya rakṣitra ādityāyeṣumate # AVś.12.3.55a. P: prācyai tvā diśe Kauś.63.22. Cf. AVś.3.27.1.
prāñcaṃ vasubhyaḥ pra ṇaya pracetaḥ # RV.10.87.9b; AVś.8.3.9b.
prātas tāṃ apracetasaḥ # RV.9.98.11d.
premaṃ varṇam atirac chukram āsām # RV.3.34.5d; AVś.20.11.5d.
barhiḥ prācīnam ojasā # RV.9.5.4a.
bahavaḥ sūracakṣasaḥ # RV.7.66.10a; AB.4.10.9; 5.6.7; Aś.6.5.18; 7.12.7.
bādhatāṃ dveṣo nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVP.5.37.5c.
bādhasva dūre (TS. dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # RV.1.24.9c; TS.1.4.45.1c. See āre bādhasva nir-, and cf. bādhethāṃ dūraṃ.
bādhethāṃ dūraṃ (AVP. -thāṃ dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.6.97.2c; 7.42.1c; AVP.1.109.1c. See āre bādhethāṃ nir-, and cf. bādhasva dūre.
budhnād agreṇa vi mimāya mānaiḥ # TS.2.3.14.5a. See sadmeva prāco.
brahmadviṣe kravyāde ghoracakṣase # RV.7.104.2c; AVś.8.4.2c; KS.23.11c; N.6.11c.
brahman gharmeṇa pracariṣyāmaḥ # GB.2.2.6; Vait.13.27. See brahman pravargyeṇa, and cf. brahman pracariṣyāmaḥ.
brahman pracariṣyāmaḥ # KB.6.12; śB.14.1.3.2; TA.4.5.1; 5.4.1; Kś.26.2.11; Mś.4.2.10. Cf. under brahman gharmeṇa.
brahman pravargyeṇa pracariṣyāmaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.15; AB.1.18.3; TA.4.4.1; KA.2.48; Apś.15.6.1. See under brahman gharmeṇa.
bhayaṃ pracālābhyām # TS.5.7.13.1; KSA.13.3.
bhrātṛvyān ghoracakṣasaḥ # AVP.10.12.9b.
manuṣvad deva dhīmahi pracetasam # RV.1.44.11c. See vanuṣvad.
marudbhiḥ pracyutā meghāḥ # AVś.4.15.7c--9c; AVP.5.7.9c.
mahī sam airac camvā samīcī # RV.3.55.20a.
mahī stuṣe vidatheṣu pracetasā # RV.1.159.1b.
mahe sahasracakṣase # RV.9.65.7c.
parācy upa vas tathā # Kauś.89.10b.
mṛtyur yamasyāsīd dūtaḥ pracetāḥ # AVś.18.2.27c.
mogham annaṃ vindate apracetāḥ # RV.10.117.6a; TB.2.8.8.3a; śG.2.14.26. Cf. BṛhD.1.49, and Mahābh.5.12.20.
ya invati draviṇāni pracetāḥ # RV.6.5.1c.
ya īśire bhuvanasya pracetasaḥ # RV.10.63.8a.
yaḥ prācyāṃ diśi śvetapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
yaḥ prācyāṃ diśi sarparāja eṣa te baliḥ # SMB.2.1.1; GG.3.7.13. P: yaḥ prācyām KhG.3.2.2.
yaṃ rakṣanti pracetasaḥ # RV.1.41.1a; SV.1.185a. P: yaṃ rakṣanti śś.12.2.14; JG.2.7. Cf. BṛhD.3.107.
yat te aṅgam atihitaṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.18.2.26a. P: yat te aṅgam Kauś.82.29; 85.26.
yat tvā kruddhāḥ pracakruḥ # AVś.12.2.5a. P: yat tvā kruddhāḥ Vait.5.13; Kauś.70.6. See under prec.
yat preṣitā varuṇena # AVś.3.13.2a; AVP.3.4.2a; TS.5.6.1.2a; KS.39.2a. See saṃpracyutā.
yatra prācī sarasvatī # RVKh.9.113.5b.
yatrainān (AG.KauśṣMBḥGṃG. yatraitān) vettha nihitān parāke (SMB. parācaḥ) # VS.35.20b; AG.2.4.13b; Kauś.45.14b; 84.1b; SMB.2.3.18b; ApMB.2.20.28b; HG.2.11.1b; 15.7b; MG.2.9.4b. See next.
yadā vṛtram atarañ śūrā (TB. atarac chūra) indraḥ # MS.4.14.13c (bis): 236.7,11; TB.2.8.3.7c,8c.
yad āsthānāt pracyuto venasi tmanā # TB.3.7.13.1b.
yad dha prācīr ajaganta # RV.10.155.4a; AVś.20.137.1a; KB.30.7. P: yad dha prācīḥ śś.12.24.2. Cf. BṛhD.8.61.
yad dha śūra vṛṣamaṇaḥ parācaiḥ # RV.1.63.4c.
yad vā sthānāt (AVP. vāsthānāt) pracyuto yadi vāsuto (AVP. vā suto) 'si # AVP.2.39.3b; Vait.24.1b.
yaṃ tvaṃ praceta ṛtajāta rāyā # RV.6.13.3c.
yamaṃ dhāva māti saraḥ parācīḥ # AVP.5.31.7d.
yaḥ śambaraṃ paribhavaṃ (AVP. paryacarac) chacībhiḥ # AVś.20.34.12a; AVP.12.15.2a.
yas te deva varuṇa gāyatrachandāḥ pāśas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (Apś. adds svāhā) # TB.1.4.2.3; Apś.19.4.9 (with ūhas). See yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatra-.
yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatrachandāḥ pāśo brahman pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (KS. pāśas taṃ ta etad avayaje) # MS.2.3.3: 30.10; KS.12.6. P: yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatrachandāḥ Mś.5.2.1.20. See yas te deva varuṇa gāyatra-.
yas te rājan varuṇa druhaḥ pāśas triṣṭupchandā (also pāśo gāyatrachandāḥ, pāśo jagacchandā, and pāśo 'nuṣṭupchandā) antarikṣam (also pṛthivīm, divam, and diśo) anvāviveśa (once 'nvāviveśa, after diśo) kṣatre (also brahmaṇi, viśi, and paśuṣu) pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etad avayaje # KS.17.19.
yas te hanti patayantam (AVP. carācaram) # RV.10.162.3a; AVś.20.96.13a; AVP.7.11.2a; MG.2.18.2a.
yasya hetoḥ pracyavate # AVś.9.8.3a.
yāḥ prācīḥ saṃbhavanty āpa uttarataś ca yā adbhir viśvasya bhuvanasya dhartrībhir antar anyaṃ pitur dadhe svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.10.7.
prācīnam uditā sūryasya # RV.7.76.3b; PB.25.8.4b.
yāṃ pracyutām anu yajñāḥ pracyavante # AVś.8.9.8a.
yās te prācīḥ pradiśo yā udīcīḥ # AVś.12.1.31a; MS.4.14.11a: 233.16.
yūyaṃ tasya pracetasaḥ # RV.5.87.9d.
ye arvāñcas tāṃ (JB. taṃ) u parāca āhuḥ # RV.1.164.19a; AVś.9.9.19a; JB.1.279a.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"rac" has 155 results
amaracandraa Jain grammarian who is believed to be the writer of स्यादिशब्दसमुच्चय, परिमल et cetera, and others
iractaddhita affix. affix ( इर ) in the sense of possession applied in Vedic Literature to रथ exempli gratia, for example रथिरः; confer, compare P.V. 2.109 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3.
īractad-affix added to the word अण्ड in the sense of possession: exempli gratia, for example अण्रडीरः;confer, compare काण्डाण्डादीरन्नीरचौ P.V.2.111.
uractad-affix उर, with udātta accent on the last vowel, affixed to the word दन्त when it refers to protuberant teeth; confer, compare P.V.2.66; exempli gratia, for example दन्तुरः ।
kātantracandrikāa gloss on the commentary of Vararuci on the कातन्त्रसूत्र ascribed to Hari Dīkṣita of the 17th century if this Hari Dīkṣita is the same as the author of the Śabdaratna.
kuṭāractaddhita affix. affix कुटार् added to अव, e.g, अवकुटारम्: cf P. V.2.30.
kurackṛt (affix). affix उर applied to the roots विद्, भिद् and छिद्: exempli gratia, for example विदुर: । भिदुरम् ! छिदुरम् । confer, compare Kāś.on P.III.2.162.
kmarackṛt affix मर added in the sense of habituated et cetera, and others to the roots सृ, घस् and अद्; e. g. सृमरः, घस्मर:, अद्मर: confer, compare P.III.2.134 and 160.
gadādharacakravartinthe reputed Naiyāyika who wrote numerous works on the Navyanyaya; he has written a few works like व्युत्पत्तिवाद, उपसर्गविचार, कारकनिर्णय, सर्वनामविचार, प्रत्ययविचार on Vyākaraṇa themes although the treatment, as also the style, is logical.
dhurackrt affix उर applied to the roots भञ्ज् ,भास् and भिद् in the sense of habit; exempli gratia, for example भङ्गुरं काष्ठम्,भासुरं ज्योतिः, मेदुर: पशुः: confer, compare Kas on P.III.2.161.
ḍataractaddhita affix. affix अतर in the sense of 'selection out of two' applied to the words किं, यत् and तत् as also to the word एक; e. g. कतरो भवतोः पटुः confer, compare P. V. 3.92, एकतरो भवतोर्देवदत्तः confer, compare P.V.3.94.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
narendracāryathe same as नरेन्द्रसूरि. See नरेन्द्रसूरि.
pracaya(1)a specific feature or quality ( धर्म ) of the grave (अनुदात्त) accent when a vowel, accented grave, is preceded by a स्वरित (circumflex . vowel) and is followed upon by another grave-accented vowel. These grave vowels in succession, id est, that is the grave vowels which are not followed by an acute or a circumflex vowel are uttered neither distinctly circumflex nor distinctly grave; cf also R. Pr, III.II-14. They are uttered like the acute, but slightly so; e. g. the vowels after मे and before ति in इमं मे गङ्गे' यमुने सरस्वति; confer, compare स्वरितात्संहितायामनुदात्तानां प्रचय उदात्तश्रुतिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI.10, 11 also confer, compare P.I.2.39, where the term एकश्रुति is used for the word प्रचय; (2) the connection of one word with many words; exempli gratia, for example राज्ञो गोश्चाश्वश्च पुरुषश्च where राज्ञः is connected with गौ, अश्व and पुरुष; confer, compare प्रचये समासप्रतिषेधो: वक्तव्य: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1 Vart, 6.
mātraca taddhita affix. affix in the sense of measure applied optionally with द्वयस and दघ्न to a noun exempli gratia, for example ऊरुमात्रम् प्रस्थमात्रम् ; confer, compare प्रमाणे द्वयसज्दघ्नञ्मात्रचः P. V.2.37 and Kasika thereon which remarks that द्वयस and दघ्न are applied in the sense of height, while मात्र is applied in the sense of any measure: confer, compare प्रथमश्च द्वितीयश्च ऊर्ध्वमाने मतौ मम Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.2.37.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
ṣṭaractaddhita affix. affix तर added to the words कासू and गोणी in the sense of smallness; cf ह्रस्वा कासू: कासूतरी, गोणीतरी Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V, 3.90.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akṣaraa letter of the alphabet, such as a (अ) or i (इ) or h (ह) or y (य्) or the like. The word was originally applied in the Prātiśākhya works to vowels (long, short as also protracted), to consonants and the ayogavāha letters which were tied down to them as their appendages. Hence अक्षर came later on to mean a syllable i. e. a vowel with a consonant or consonants preceding or following it, or without any consonant at all. confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वाः सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणामन्ये दीर्घा उभये अक्षराणि R Pr. I 17-19 confer, compareएकाक्षरा, द्व्यक्षरा et cetera, and others The term akṣara was also applied to any letter (वर्ण), be it a vowel or a consonant, cf, the terms एकाक्षर, सन्ध्यक्षर, समानाक्षर used by Patañjali as also by the earlier writers. For the etymology of the term see Mahābhāṣya अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यात्, अश्नोतेर्वा सरोक्षरम् । वर्णे वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 2 end.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
atiprayatnaintense effort; characteristic effort as required for uttering a vowel with विक्रमस्वरित.
ātisparśaexcess of contact, which to a certain extent spoils the pronunciation and leads to.a fault. अतिस्पर्श is the same as दुःस्पर्श, the letter ळ being called दुःस्पृष्ट on account of excess of contact. This excess of contact ( अतिस्पर्श) in the case of the utterance of the letter र् results into a fault as it practically borders on stammering; confer, compare अतिस्पर्शो बर्बरता च रेफे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 26.
atyuccanīcacharacterized by a sharp utterance; a name of the grave accent
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
anukarṣaṇadragging (from the preceding rule) to the following rule taking the previous rule or a part of it as understood in the following rule or rules in order; the same as अनुवृत्ति; confer, compare अनुकर्षणार्थश्चकारः Kāś. on II. 4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48: cf also the Paribhāṣā; चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र -that which is attracted from a preceding rule by the particle च is not valid in the rule that follows; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 78.
anukṛṣṭaattracted from a previous rule as is frequently done in Pāṇini's rules. See the word अनुकर्षण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anudāttetliterally one whose mute significatory letter is uttered with a grave accent: a term applied to a root characterized by an indicatory mute vowel accented grave, the chief feature of such a root being that it takes only the Ātmanepada affixes c. g. आस्ते, वस्ते, et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; such a root, in forming a derivative word in the sense of habit, takes the affix युच् e. g. वर्त्तनः, वर्धन: et cetera, and others provided the root begins with a consonant; confer, compare अनुदात्तेतश्र हलादेः P. III.2.149.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
antaraṅgalakṣaṇacharacterized by the nature of an antaraṅga operation which gives that rule a special strength to set aside other rules occurring together with it.
antaratamavery close or very cognate being characterized (l) by the same place of utterance, or (2) by possessing the same sense, or (3) by possessing the same qualities, or (4) by possessing the same dimension ; cf स्थानेन्तरतमः P.I. I.50 and Kāś. thereon अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणुप्रमाणतः स्थानतः दण्डाग्रम् , अर्थतः वतण्डी चासौ युवतिश्च वातण्ड्ययुवतिः । गुणतः पाकः, त्यागः, रागः । प्रमाणतः अमुष्मै अमूभ्याम् ॥
anvākarṣakaa word attracting a previous word such as the word च, in the Sūtra texts.
anvādeśakaa word capable of attracting a word or words from previous statements; cf चापीत्यन्वादेशकौ T Pr. KKII.5; same as अन्वाकर्षक.
aplutanon-protracted vowel confer, compare अतो रोरप्लुतादप्लुप्ते P.VI.1.113.
abhikramathe first of the two utterances of a word which characterise the krama method of recital; e. g in the krama recital of प्रण इन्दो et cetera, and others प्र णः । न इन्दो । the first recial प्र णः is called अभिक्रम, or प्रथमवचन while न इन्दो is called द्वितीयवचनः confer, compare अभिक्रमे पूर्वविधानमाचरेत् पुनर्ध्रुवंस्तूत्तरकारितं क्रमे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.21.
abhidhānadesignation, denotation, expression of sense by a word which is looked upon as the very nature of a word. The expression अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम् ( denotation of sense is only a natural characteristic of a word ) frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on 1.2.64 Vārt 93, II.1.1, confer, compare नपुसकं यदूष्मान्तं तस्य बह्वभिधानजः ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.7 ) where the word बह्वभिधान means बहुवचन.
ayogavāhathe letters or phonetic elements अनुस्वार,विसर्ग,जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and यम called so,as they are always uttered only in combination with another phonetic element or letter such as अ or the like, and never independently; confer, compare अकारादिना वर्णसमाम्नायेन संहिताः सन्तः ये वहन्ति आत्मलाभं ते अयेागवाहाः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Vāj.Pr.VIII.18. These अयोगवाह letters possess the characteristics of both, the vowels as well as consonants;confer, compareअयोगवाहानामट्सु उपदेशः कर्तव्यः णत्वं प्रयोजनम् । शर्षु जष्भावत्वे प्रयोजनम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on शिवसूत्र हयवरट्.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
ardhajaratīyaa queer combination of half the character of one and half of another, which is looked upon as a fault; confer, compare न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति । तद्यथा । अर्धं जरत्याः कामयते अर्धं नेति; M.Bh. on IV. 1.78; confer, compare also अर्ध जरत्याः पाकाय अर्धं च प्रसवाय ।
alpaprāṇa(1)non-aspirate letters letters requiring little breath from the mouth for their utterance as opposed to mahāprāṇa; (2) non-aspiration; one of the external articulate efforts characterizing the utterance of non-aspirate letters.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avadhilimit,which is either exclusive or inclusive of the particular rule or word which characterizes it: confer, compare सर्वश्च हल् तं तमवधिं प्रति अन्त्यो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.3.
aṣṭamaṅgalāname of a commentary on the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa by Rāmakiśoracakravartin.
ā(1)the long form of the vowel अ called दीर्घ,consisting of two mātrās, in contrast with (l) the short अ which consists of one mātrā and the protracted आ३ which consists of three mātrās; (2) substitute अा of two mātrās when prescribed by the word दीर्घ or वृद्धि for the short vowel अ; (3) upasarga अा (अाङ्) in the sense of limit exempli gratia, for example अा कडारादेका संज्ञा (P.I.4.1.) आकुमारं यशः पाणिनेः K. on II.1.13. आ उदकान्तात् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14.) (4) indeclinable आ in the sense of remembrance e. g. आ एवं नु मन्यसे; confer, compare ईषदर्थे क्रियायोगे मर्यादाभिविधौ च यः । एतमातं ङितं विद्याद्वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.14; (5) augment अा ( अाक् ) as seen in चराचर, वदावद et cetera, and others confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6; (6) augment अा(आट्) prefixed to roots in the tenses लुङ्, लङ् and लृङ् (7) substitute अा prescribed for the last letter of pronouns before the taddhita affix. affixes दृक्,दृश, दृक्ष and वत्, as in तादृक्दृ, तादृश et cetera, and others; (8) feminine affix आ (टाप्, डाप् or चाप् ) added to nouns ending in अा; (9) substitute आ ( आ or अात्, or डा or आल् ) for case affixes in Vedic literature उभा यन्तारौ, नाभा पृथिव्याः et cetera, and others
ākarṣaka( a word )attracting another word stated previously in the context e. g. the word च in the rules of Pāṇini.
āgamaaugment, accrement, a word element which is added to the primitive or basic word during the process of the formation of a complete word or pada. The āgama is an adventitious word element and hence differs from ādeśa, the substitute which wholly takes the place of the original or ( आदेशिन् ). Out of the several āgamas mentioned by Pāṇini, those that are marked with mute ट् are prefixed, those, marked with क्, are affixed, while those, marked with म्, are placed immediately after the last vowel of the word. The augments become a part and parcel of the word to which they are added, and the characteristics of which they possess;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते, also आगमानां आगमिधर्मिवैशिष्ट्यम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.11. Those grammarians, who hold the view that words are unproduced and eternal, explain the addition of an augment as only the substitution of a word with an augment in the place of a word without an augment; confer, compare आदेशास्तर्हिमे भविष्यन्ति अनागमकानां सागमकाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20; I.1.46. The term āgama is defined as अन्यत्र विद्यमानस्तु यो वर्णः श्रुयतेधिकः । आगम्यमानतुल्यत्वात्स आगम इति स्मृतः Com. on Tait. Prāt.I. 23.
aāt(1)long अा as different from short or protracted अ prescribed by the wofd वृद्धि or दीर्घ in the case of अ, or by the word अात् when substituted for another vowel, as for example in the rule आदेच उपदेशेऽशिति and the following: confer, compare P.VI.1.45, 57; (2) substitute for the ablative affix ङस् after words ending in अ; confer, compare P. VII.1.12; (3) substitute अात् for a case affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example न ताद् ब्राह्मणाद् निन्दामि Kāś. on VII. 1.39.
āmreḍita(1)iterative: a repeated word, defined as द्विरुक्तं पदम् confer, compare द्विरुक्तमात्रेडितं पदम् exempli gratia, for example यज्ञायज्ञा वो अग्नये Vāj. Prāt. I. 146; (2). the second or latter portion, of a repeated word according to Pāṇini; c. तस्य (द्विरुक्तस्य) परमाम्रेडितम् P. VIII.1.2. The Āmreḍita word gets the grave accent and has its last vowel protracted when it implies censure; confer, compare P.VIII.1.3 and VIII. 2.95.Haradatta has tried to explain how the term आम्रेडित means the first member; confer, compare ननु अाम्रेडितशब्दे । निघण्टुषु प्रसिद्धः अाम्रेडितं द्विस्त्रिरुक्तमिति । सत्यमर्थे प्रसिद्धः इह तु शब्दे परिभाष्यते । महासंज्ञाकरणं पूर्वाचार्यानुरोधेन Padamañj. on VIII.1.2.
i(1)the vowel इ, representing all its eighteen forms viz. short, long protracted, acute, grave, circumflex, pure and nasalised; exempli gratia, for example इ in यस्येति च P.VI.4.128;(2) Uṅādi affix ई(3)tad-affix इच्(इ)applied to Bahuvrihi compounds in the sense of exchange of action or as seen in words like द्विदण्डि exempli gratia, for example केशाकेशि, दण्डादण्डि, द्विमुसलि et cetera, and others confer, compare इच् कर्मव्यतिहारे P.V.4. 127,also V.4.128; (4) kṛt (affix). affix कि (इ) confer, compare उपसर्गे घोः किः P.III.3.92; (5) augment इट् (इ); see इट् (6) conjugational affix इट् of the 1st person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada
itthaṃbhūtalakṣaṇacharacterization; indication by a mark: e. g. जटाभिस्तापसः confer, compare इत्थंभूतलक्षणे च ( तृतीया ) P. II.3.21.
īṣacchvāsaan external effort ( बाह्य-प्रयत्न) in the production of sound charactorized by the emission of breath, when the cavity made by the cords of the throat is kept wide apart, as found in the utterance of the consonants श्, ष् and स.
īṣatspṛṣṭaan external effort ( बाह्यप्रयत्न) in the production of sound charactorized by only a slight contact of the cords of the throat, made in the utteranee ofsemi-vowels confer, compare ईषत्स्पृष्टमन्तःस्थानाम् S.K. on P.I.1.9.
īṣannādaan external effort characterized by slight resonance or sounding of throat cords when they slightly touch one another.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
ugitacharacterized by the mute indicatory letter उ, ऋ or लृ; see उक्.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
udāttasamasimilar to Udātta although not exactly acute, which characterizes the latter half of the circumflex vowel; confer, compare उदात्तसमश्शेषः T.Pr.I.42.
uditcharacterized by short उ as a mute indicatory vowel, by virtue of which the word कु, for instance, signifies along with क् its cognate consonants ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ् also; confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P.I.I.69. Roots marked with उ as mute get the augment इ optionally added before the kṛt affix क्त्वा; e gशमित्वा and शान्त्वा from the root शम् ( शमु ) by virtue of the rule उदितो वा P.VII.2.56.
fourth vowel in Pāṇini's alphabet; possessed of long and protracted varieties and looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ) with लृ which has no long type in the grammar of Pāṇini; confer, compare R.Pr.I,9: V.Pr.VIII.3. (2) uṇādi suffix च् applied to the root स्था to form the word स्थृ; e. g. सव्येष्ठा सारथिः; confer, compare सव्ये स्थश्छन्दसि Uṇ Sū, II. 101.
ṛkārathe letter ऋ with its 18 varieties made up of the ह्रस्व, दीर्घ, प्लुत, and सानुनासिक varieties and characterized by the three accents. ऋ and लृ are looked upon as cognate in Pāṇini's grammar and hence, ऋ could be looked upon as possessed of 30 varieties including 12 varieties of लृ.
ekayogalakṣaṇacharacterized by id est, that is mentioned in one and the same rule; confer, compare एकयोगलक्षणे तुग्दीर्घत्वे M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 62. Vart. 10. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. VI.1.37.
aicshort term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for 'the two diphthong vowels ऐ and औ; confer, compare न य्वाभ्यां पदान्ताभ्यां पूर्वौ तु ताभ्यामैच् P.VII.3.4; confer, compare ऐचोश्चोत्तरभूयस्त्वात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.48, The short substitutes of ऐ and औ are इ and उ when prescribed confer, compare P. I.1.48; so also the protracted forms of ऐ and औ are protracted इ and उ; confer, compare P. III.2.106. They are called द्विस्वर vowels in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. Śākaṭāyana says they are द्विमात्र.
karmavyatihāraexchange of verbal activity; reciprocity of action; कर्मव्यतिहार means क्रियाव्यतिहार or क्रियाविनिमय; confer, compare कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14.; also कर्मव्यतिहारे णच् स्त्रियाम् । व्यावक्रोशी, व्यात्युक्षी Kāś. on P.III.3.43. The roots having their agents characterized by a reciprocity of action take the Ātmanepada terminations; confer, compare P. I. 3.14.
karṣaṇaextension; protraction, defined as kālaviprakarṣa by commentators; a peculiarity in the recital as noticed in the pronunciation of ट् when followed by च् , or ड् when followed by ज् exempli gratia, for example षट्चै; षड्जात. confer, compare Nār. Śik. I.7.19.
khitcharacterized by the mute letter ख्, applied to kṛt affixes which, by reason of their being खित् , cause (a) the addition of the augment मुम् ( म् ) to the preceding words अरुस् , द्विषद् and words ending in a vowel, and (b) the shortening of the long vowel of the preceding word if it is not an indeclinable; confer, compare P. VI. 3.66-68.
grahaṇakaciting or instructing the inclusion ( ग्रहण) of certain other things by the mention of a particular thing; e. g. the rule अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः is a ग्रहणक rule as it advises that the citing of the letters अ, इ, उ, ऋ et cetera, and others includes the long and protracted forms of अ, इ, उ etc; confer, compare also ग्रहणकशास्त्रस्य सावर्ण्यविधिनिषेधाभ्यां प्रागनिष्पत्ते; Sid. Kau. on अकः सवर्णे दीर्धः V1. 1. 101.
ghoṣavata consonant characterized by the property घोष, at the time of its utterance; confer, compare तृतीयचतुर्थाः संवृतकण्ठाः नादानुप्रदाना घोषवन्तः M.Bh. on P,I.1.9.
caturmātraconsisting of four matras or moras, a short vowel consisting of one matra, a long vowel of two matras, and a protracted vowel of three matras; confer, compare आन्तर्यतस्त्रिमात्रचतुर्मात्राणां स्थानिनां त्रिमात्रचतुर्मात्रा आदेशा मा भूवन्निति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva sutra 3.4.
cātuḥsvāryathe view that there are four accents-the udatta, the anudatta, the svarita and the pracaya held by the Khandikya and the Aukhiya Schools.
jāmitautologous, unnecessarily repeated; the word is defined and illustrated by Yaska as;-तद्यत्समान्यामृचि समानाभिव्याहारं भवति तज्जामि भवतीत्येकं । मधुमन्तं मधुश्चुतमिति यथा Nir.x.16.2. For other definitions of the word जामि conveying practically the same idea, confer, compare Nir.X. 16. 3 and 4.
ñ(1)the nasal (fifth consonant) of the palatal class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, कण्टसंवृतत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्य; (2) mute letter, characterized by which an affix signifies वृद्धि for the preceding vowel; ञ् of a taddhita affix, however, signifies वृद्धि for the first vowel of the word to which the affix is added; (3) a mute letter added to a root at the end to signify that the root takes verb-endings of both the padas.
ṭitmarked or characterized by the mute letter ट्. For the significance of the addition of ट्, see ट्.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
tatkālarequiring the same time for utterance as for example one matra for short vowels, two for long ones and three for protracted ones, although those vowels are nasalised or pure, or acute, grave or circumflex. See the word तपर.
tadrājathe taddhita affixes अञ्,अण्,ञ्यङ, ण्य, as also इञ्, छ्, ञ्युट्, ण्य, टेण्यण् and यञ् given in the rules of Panini IV. 1.168-174 and V.3. 112-119. They are called तद्राज as they are applied to such words as mean both the country and the warrior race or clan ( क्षत्त्रिय ): confer, compare तद्राजमाचक्षाणः तद्राजः S. K. on P. IV.l.168. The peculiar feature of these tadraja affixes is that they are omitted when the word to which they have been applied is used in the plural number; e. g. ऐक्ष्वाकः, ऐक्ष्वाकौ, इक्ष्वाकवः; similarly इक्ष्वाकूणाम्; confer, compare P.II.4.62.
tīkṣṇautterance with a sharp tone characterizing the pronunciation of the Abhinihita kind of circumflex vowel as opposed to the utterance which is called मृदु when the circumflex, called पादवृत्त, is pronounced; confer, compare सर्वतीक्ष्णोऽभिनिहितः प्रश्लिष्टस्तदनन्तरम्, ततो मृदुतरौ स्वारौ जात्यक्षैप्रावुभौ स्मृतौ । ततो मृदुतरः स्वारस्तैरोव्यञ्जन उच्यते । पादवृत्तो मृदुतमस्त्वेतत्स्वारबलाबलम् Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 125.
tairovirāmaa kind of स्वरित, or a vowel with a circumflex accent which follows an acute-accented vowel characterized by avagraha i. e. coming at the end of the first member of a compound; exempli gratia, for example गेापताविति गॊSपतौ यज्ञपतिमिति यज्ञSपतिं. Here the vowel अ of प following upon the avagraha is called तैरोविरामस्वरित; confer, compare उदवग्रहस्तैरोविराम: Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 118,
tailactaddhita affix. affix तैल applied in the sense of oil to a word meaning the substance from which oil is extracted: e. g. तिलतैलं सर्षपतैलम् ; confer, compare विकारे सेनहने तैलच्, Kas on P. V. 2. 29.
tripathagāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar, a resident of Satara and a pupil of Nilakanthasastri Thatte. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth century and wrote comentaries on important grammar works.
trimātraconsisting of three moras or matras. The protracted or प्लुत vowels are said to consist of three matras as contrasted with the short and long vowels which respectively consist of one and two matras; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I.2.27.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
dṛṣṭāpacāradiscrepant, characterized by discrepancy; confer, compare यद्यपि तावदयं पराशब्दो दृष्टापचार उपसर्गश्चानुपसर्गश्च अयं तु खलु विशब्दोऽदृष्टापचार उपसर्ग एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. 1. 3. 19.
dharmadefined as ऋषिसंप्रदाय, the traditional practices laid down by the sages for posterity; confer, compareकेवलमृषिसंप्रदायो धर्म इति कृत्वा याज्ञिक्राः शास्त्रेण अनुविदधते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika I ; cf also धर्मशास्त्रं in एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64, as also धर्मसूत्रकाराः in नैवेश्वर आज्ञापयति नापि धर्मसूत्रकाराः पठन्ति अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्तामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. l.47; (2) religious merit, confer, compare धर्मोपदेशनमिदं शास्त्रमस्मिन्ननवयवेन शास्त्रार्थः संप्रतीयते , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. I. 84, cf also ज्ञाने घमै इति चेत्तथाSधर्मः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika l ; ' 3) property possessed by a thing or a letter or a word. e. g. वर्णधर्म; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.29; cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1, 55, II. 3.33, VIII. 1. 4. confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8, 13 XIV. 1 et cetera, and others: ( 4 ) the characteristic of being in a substance; in the phrase अयं घटः the dharma viz.घटत्व is predicated of this (इदम्) or, in other words the designation pot ( घटसंज्ञा ) is the predication; the explanation in short, can be given as घटत्ववान् इदंपदार्थः or घटाभिन्नः इदंपदार्थ:
nitan affix possessed of the mute indicatory letter न्, the word characterized by which has the acute accent on the vowel of the first syllable; e. g. गार्ग्यः, वात्स्यः, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VI.1.197.
niruktabhāṣyaa gloss on Yaska's Nirukta written by a modern scholar of grammar named Ugracarya in the eighteenth century A. D.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
paripannaa kind of Samdhi or coalescence characterized by the change of the consonant म् into an anusvara, as by मोनुस्वारः P. VIII. 3.23, before a sibilant or before रेफ; confer, compare रेफोष्मणोरुदययोर्मकारः अनुस्वारं तत् परिपन्नमाहुः R.Pr.IV.5; confer, compare also सम्राट्शब्द: परिसंपन्नापवाद: R.Pr.IV.7.
parimalaa work on Grammar attributed to Amaracandra.
paśyantīname of the second out of the four successive stages in the origination or utterance of a word from the mouth. According to the ancient writers on Phonetics, sound or word ( वाक् ) which is constituted of air ( वायु ) originates at the Mulaadhaaracakra where it is called परा. It then springs up and it is called पश्यन्ती in the second stage. Thence it comes up and is called मध्यमा in the third stage; rising up from the third stage when the air strikes against the vocal chords in the glottis and comes in contact with the different parts of the mouth, it becomes articulate and is heard in the form of different sounds. when it is called वैखरी; confer, compare वैखर्या मध्यमायाश्च पश्यन्त्याश्चैतदद्भुतम् । अनेकतीर्थभेदायास्त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् Vaakyapadiya I. 144, and also confer, compare पश्यन्ती तु सा चलाचलप्रतिबद्धसमाधाना संनिविष्टज्ञेयाकारा प्रतिलीनाकारा निराकारा च परिच्छिन्नार्थप्रत्ययवभासा संसृष्टार्थप्रत्यवभासा च प्रशान्तसर्वार्थप्रत्यवभासा चेत्यपरिमितभेदा । पश्यन्त्या रूपमनपभ्रंशामसंकीर्ण लोकव्यवह्यरातीतम् । commentary on Vaakyapadiya I. 144. confer, compare also तत्र श्रोत्रविषया वैखरी । मध्यमा हृदयदशेस्था पदप्रत्यक्षानुपपत्त्या व्यवहारकारणम् । पश्यन्ती तु लोकव्यवहारातीता। योगिनां तु तत्रापि प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागावगतिरस्ति | परायां तु न इति त्रय्या इत्युक्तम् । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on चत्वारि वाक्परिमिता पदानि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
pīḍanacompression; a fault in the pronunciation of vowels and consonants caused by the compression or contraction of the place of utterance: confer, compare विहारसंहारयोर्व्यासपीडने स्थानकरणयोर्विस्तारे व्यासो नाम दोष:, संहारे संकोचने पीडनं नाम । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 2; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनानामतिप्रयत्नेनोच्चारणं पीडनं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 5.
paurastyavaiyākaraṇaa grammarian of the eastern school which is believed to have been started by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि the writer of the gloss called न्यास on the Kasikavrtti. The school practically terminated with पुरुषोत्तमदेव and सीरदेव at the end of the twelfth century A.D. Such a school existed also at the time of Panini and Patanjali, a reference to which is found made in प्राचां ष्फ ताद्धतः P. IV. 1.17 and प्राचामवृद्धात्फिन् बहुलम् IV.1. 160 and प्राचामुपादेरडज्वुचौ च V.3.80 where the word is explained as प्राचामाचार्याणां by the writer of the Kasika.
pratividhānacounteraction; solving a difficulty by taking the necessary action; confer, compare अयमिदानीं स प्रतिविधानकालः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 4.60 Vart. 4; confer, compare also तत्र प्रातविधानं द्विर्वचननिमित्ते अचीत्युच्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 1.2; confer, compare also the usual expression प्रतिविधेयं दोषेषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.39, I. 3.10, 4.1.l etc,
pratyāhāraliterally bringing together; bringing together of several letters ( or words in a few cases, such as roots or nouns ) by mentioning the first and the last only for the sake of brevity; the term प्रत्याहार is generally used in connection with brief terms such as अण्, अक् , अच् , हल् and the like, created by Panini in his grammar by taking any particular letter and associating it with any mute final letter ( अनुबन्ध ) of the fourteen Sivasutras, with a view to include all letters beginning with the letter uttered and ending with the letter which precedes the ( mute ) letter. The practice of using such abbreviations was in existence before Panini, possibly in the grammar attributed to Indra. The term प्रत्याहार is not actually used by Panini; it is found in the Rk. Tantra; confer, compare प्रत्याहारार्थो वर्णोनुबन्धो व्यञ्जनम् R.T.I.3. The term appears to have come into use after Panini. Panini has not given any definition of the term प्रत्याहार. He has simply given the method of forming the Pratyaharas and he has profusely used them; confer, compare आदिरन्त्येन सहेता P. I. 1.71. The word कृञ् in P. III.1.40 and तृन् in P. II. 3.69 are used as Pratyaharas. For a list of the Pratyharas which are used by Panini see Kasika on the Maheswara Sutras.
prabhā(1)name of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar; (2) name of a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
praśśliṣṭa(l)an additional letter (vowel or consonant) read on splitting up a euphonic combination; confer, compare प्रश्लिष्टा. वर्णावेतौ M.Bh.on P.I.1.9 Vart. 2; (2) ; contracted combination; name of a Samdhi where two vowels coalesce into one single vowel, confer, compare R.Pr. । II. 15-19.
praśleṣa(l)coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
plutaprotracted, name given to vowels in the protracted grade. The vowels in this grade which are termed protracted vowels are possessed of three matras and in writing they are marked with the figure 3 placed after them. In pronunciation they take a longer time than the long or दीर्घ vowels; confer, compare ऊकालोज्झ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P. I.2.27. The word is derived from प्लु (प्रु also) I Atmane to go, and explained as प्लवते इति, The word प्लवते is often found for प्लुतो भवति in the Pratisakhya works; cf also मात्रा ह्रस्वरतावदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धस्तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः । अधः स्विदासी३दुपरि स्विदासी३द् अर्थे प्लुतिर्भीरिव विन्दती३त्रिः ll Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.16.
plutiprolation or protraction of a vowel when it is possessed of three matras; confer, compare. Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.31. See प्लुत a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare अविद्वांसः प्रत्यभिवादे नाम्नो ये न प्लुतिं विदुः । कामं तेषु तु विप्रोष्य स्त्रीष्विवायमहं वदेत् M.Bh. on P.I.1 Ahnika 1
bahiraṅgalakṣaṇaan operation or rule which is characterized as बहिरङ्ग; cf असिद्धं बहिरङ्गलक्षणमन्तरङ्गलक्षणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.57; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2 Vart. 21.
bhrājastray or spurious verses or stanzas whose authorship cannot be traced, but which are commonly quoted by scholars; confer, compare भ्राजा नाम श्लेाका: M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1; the word भ्राज is explained as 'composed by Kātyāyana' by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa in his Uddyota.
maptaddhita affix. affix म always added to the kṛt (affix). affix त्रि ( क्त्रि) prescribed after roots characterized by the mute syllable डु: exempli gratia, for example कृत्रिमम् , पवित्रमम् et cetera, and others वत्रेर्मम्नित्यम् P.IV. 4.20.
mahāprāṇaliterally hard breathing, aspirate characteristic (बाह्यप्रयत्न) of consonants possessed by the second and fourth consonants of the five classes, and the sibilants श्, ष् and स् which letters are also called महाप्राण on that account.
mārdavasoftness of the voice characterizing the pronunciation of a grave vowel: cf मार्दवं स्वरस्य मृदुता स्निग्धता ; also confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता खस्येतिं नीचैःकरााणे शब्दस्य M.Bh. on P.I.2.29, 30; confer, compare also, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.10।
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
rit(1)characterized by the mute consonant र् signifying the acute accent for the penultimate vowel;confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI. I. 217; ( 2 ) the same as रिफित or रेफि, a visarga which is changeable into र् when euphonically combined; confer, compare विसर्जनीयो रिफितः V.Pr.I.160; confer, compare also भाव्युपधं च रिद्विसर्जनीयान्तानि रेफेण ; V.Pr. VII.9. The terms रिफित, रेफि and रित् are given in the Padapatha to a पद or word which ends in a Visarga which has originated from र् in the Samhitapatha; e. g. the Visarga in कः, प्रात: et cetera, and others; confer, compare R.Pr.I.30 to 32.
rūpa(1)word-form which is complete with प्रकृति ( the base ) and प्रत्यय, id est, that is the affix which is attached to it; confer, compare रूपनिर्ग्रहश्च शब्दस्य नान्तरेण लौकिकं प्रयोगम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; confer, compare also the usual expression का रूपसिद्धिः in the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.51, 1.2.58 et cetera, and others ; the word is also used in the sense of a word-base ( धातु or प्रातिपदिक ); confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा P. I. 1.68; (2) the word form as characterized by its derivation and properties confer, compare तस्य रूपान्यत्वे वर्णान्यत्वम् explained as तस्य शब्दस्य अनुप्रदानादिभिः कारणौ रूपभेदे जन्यमाने वर्णभेदः संपद्यते Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 2
lakṣaṇa(1)a rule or a sūtra composed by the ancient Sūtrakāras; the word is very frequently used in this sense by the Bhāşyakāra and later commentators; confer, compare लक्ष्यलक्षणे व्याकरणम्; confer, compare also लक्षणं हि नाम ध्वनति, भ्रमति मुहूर्तमपि नावतिष्ठते M.Bh on P.I.1.3 Vārt 10; (2) characteristic or sign; confer, compare लक्षणेनाभिप्रती आभिमुख्ये P. II. 1. 14; confer, compare also P.I.4.90 and III. 2.12; (3) indirect way of expression; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तत्यैव ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 105.
ghumañjūṣāname of an independent work on the meaning of words and their interpretation written by Nāgeśa of which the परमलघुमञ्जूषा is a popular short extract by the author himselfeminine.
liṅga(1)sign or characteristic mark; generally the mute letter prefixed or suffixed to roots,affixes, or augments and their substitutes with a specific purpose; confer, compare किंचिल्लिङ्गमासज्य वक्ष्यामि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).7, अवयवे कृतं लिङ्ग समुदायस्य विशेषकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) proof, evidence ( प्रमाण ); the word is often used in the Paribhāșendușekhara and other works in connection with a rule or part of a rule quoted as an evidence to deduce some general dictum or Paribhāșā; (3) gender; confer, compare लिङ्ग स्त्रीलिङ्गपुंलिङ्गनपुंसकानि Kāś. on P. II. 3. 46; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम्. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari.71.The gender of a word in Sanskrit language does not depend on any specific properties of a thing; it simply depends on the current usage; confer, compare लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य which is often quoted in the Mahābhāsya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.36, II.2.29, II.4.12, IV. 1.3, V.3.66, V.4.68, VIII.1.15. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.IV.1. 3 where after a long enlightening discussīon the definition संस्त्यानप्रसवौ लिङ्गम् is given.
liṅgaviśiṣṭagrahaṇainclusion of the feminine form of a word when a word in the masculine gender is used in a rule, for certain operations such as the application of affixes and the like;confer, compare the usual dictum regarding this practice viz. the Paribhāșā प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 71. as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 to Vārt, 15 for places of the application of the dictum and those of its rejection.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vikarṣa(1)a fault in the utterance of a vowel with its proper accent (acute,grave or circumflex) which results from the proper accent being mixed with another in the utterance: confer, compareविकर्षो नामाश्लिष्टता Uvvata ' on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 18: (2) protraction of the accent especially of the circumflex accent.
vikrama(1)name given to a grave vowel placed between two circumflex vowels, or between a circumflex and an acute, or between an acute and a circumflex; confer, compare स्वरितयोर्मध्ये यत्र नीचं स्यात्, उदात्तयोर्वा अन्यतरतो वा उदात्तस्वरितयोः स विक्रम: T.Pr. XIX.I ; (2) name given to a grave vowel between a pracaya vowel and an acute or a circumflex vowel: confer, compare प्रचयपूर्वश्च कौण्डिन्यस्य T.Pr.XIX.2: (8) repetition of a word or पद as in the Krama recital of the Veda words; (4) name given to a visarjaniya which has remained intact, as for instance in यः प्रणतो निमिषतः ; confer, compare R.Pr. I.5; VI.1 ; the word विक्रम is sometimes used in the sense of visarjaniya in general: cf also अनिङ्गयन् विक्रममेषु कुर्यात् R.Pr. XIII.11.
vidhācharacteristic feature of an activity; confer, compare संख्याया विधार्थे धा Í। विधा प्रकारः सर्वक्रियाविषय एव गृह्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.3.42.
viśiṣṭ(1)literally specific; qualified by, characterized by; confer, compare क्तेन नञ्विशिष्टेनानञ् ; P.II.1.60: confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.71 ; (2) different: confer, compare विशिष्टलिङ्गानां भिन्नलिङ्गानां शब्दानां Kāś. on P.II. 4.7.
viśrambharelaxation, a characteristic of the grave accent as contrasted with अायाम which characterizes the acute accent; confer, compare उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । आयामविश्रम्भाक्षेपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः । विश्रम्भः अधोगमनं गात्राणाम् Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on R.Pr.III.1.विश्रम्भ is the same as अन्ववसर्ग which is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as अन्ववसर्गो गात्राणां शिथिलता. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.29,30.
visvaracharacterized by a faulty or incorrect accent, which is looked upon as a fault of pronunciation.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛddha(1)a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.
vṛṣyaṇtaddhita affix.affix अण् prescribed by the sutra ऋष्यन्धकवृष्णिकुरुभ्यश्च after words denoting members of the Vrsni race; confer, compare वृष्ण्यणेाSवकाशः वासुदेवः। बलदेव: ॥
vyadhikaraṇacharacterized by different case-relations or case-affixes; possessed of different case-affixes; क: प्रसङ्गो यद् व्यधिकरणानां समासः स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.67.
vyayavat(1)possessed of व्यय or inflectional change; a declinable word; cf यस्य पुनर्विभक्त्यादिभिर्विकारः क्रियते स व्ययवान् । आद्युदात्त: स च अन्त:शब्दॊ भवति | V: Pr. II.26; (2) characterized by a loss of accent id est, that is the loss of the original accent and the presence of another accent: confer, compare पदान्तस्य पदे दृष्टं स्वरितत्वं न दृश्यते | अदृष्टमनुदात्तत्वं च दृश्यते । Uvvata on R. Pr, XI.31.
vyavacchinna(1)separated; detached from a specific thing by the loss of connection with it; confer, compare एवमेतास्मिन्नुभयतो व्यवाच्छिन्ने यदि स्वार्थे जहाति जहातु नाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2; (2) characterized or possessed of an intervention by similar things confer, compare तद्वा अनेकेन निपातनेन व्यवच्छिन्नं न शक्यमनुवर्तयितुमिति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.83; cf also P. VI. 4.2.
śabdavyutpattiderivation of a word by tracing it to the root from which it is formedition
śitpossessed of, or characterized by, the indicatory letter श्; the krt affixes which are marked with the indicatory श् are termed Sarvadhatuka affixes (confer, compare P.III.4.113), while, the Adesas or substitutes, marked with the indicatory श्, are substituted for the whole of the Sthanin or the original and not for its final letter according to the rule अलोन्त्यस्य P. I.1.52; e. g. शि is substituted,not for the final स् of जस् and शस् but for the whole जस् and the whole शस्; confer, compare P.I.1.55.
śīghrataraliterallyover-rapid; an extra quickness of breath (प्राण) which characterizes the utterance of a sibilant which has got one more property viz. ऊष्मत्व in addition to the three properties (बाह्यप्रयत्न ) possessed by the other consonants: confer, compare शीघ्रतरं सोष्मसु प्राणमेके | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 6.
śluvikaraṇaroots characterized by the addition or application of the conjugational sign which is elided by the use of the term श्लु for elision; roots of the third conjugation; confer, compare य एते लुग्विकरणा: श्लुविकरणाश्च M.Bh.on P.III. 1.67 Vart. 2, as also on P. III 1. 91.
śvāsaliterally breath; the voiceless breath required for uttering some letters; the term is used in the Pratisakhya and Vyakarana books in the sense of breath which is prominently required in the utterance of the hard consonants, sibilants, visarga and the Jihvamuliya and Upadhmaniya letters; the term is used in connection with these letters also; the usual term in use is, of course, श्वासानुप्रदान, the term श्वास showing the property of the breath, with which these letters are characterizedition
ṣaṭkārakalakṣaṇaa small work in verses on the six case-relations ascribed to Amarasimha, but very likely the author was Amaracandra a Jain grammarian of the fifteenth century. The work is also named षट्कारकविवरण.
ṣaṣṭhīnirdiṣṭaa word put in the genitive case; a substitute given as connected with a genitive case which replaces the whole word which is put in the genitive case unless the substitute consists of a single letter or is characterized by the mute letter ङ्, confer, compare षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा । अलोन्त्यस्य | अनेकाल्शित्सर्वेस्य et cetera, and others confer, compare P. I. 1.49 to 55.
saṃnipātalakṣaṇaan operation which is characterized by the relationship between two words or two phonetic elements. See संनिपातपरिभाषा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
saṃvaraṇaliterally concealment; slurring over a consonant by practically merging its sound into that of the following one; the technical term अंभिनिधान is also used in the same sense; e. g. षट् द्वा द्वा; confer, compare संधारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5.
saṃvāraone of the external efforts in the production of a sound when the gullet is a little bit contracted as at the time of the utterance of the third, fourth and the fifth of the class-consonants; confer, compare कण्ठबिलस्य संकोचः संवार: Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P. I. 1.9.
saṃhāraunnecessary contraction of the place (स्थान)as also of the instrument ( करण ), which results into a fault of utterance called पीडन; confer, compare विहारसंहायोर्व्यासपींडने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XIV.2.
sarūpa( 1)having the same form for practical purposes such as the form अा possessed by टाप्, डाप् and चाप् or the form अ possessed by the affixes अण्, अच्, घ, क, ण and others; (2) having the same form even literally, but possessed of different senses; e. g the words माष, अक्ष, पाद et cetera, and others समानानामेकशेष इत्युच्यमाने यत्र सर्वं समानं शब्दोर्थश्च तत्रैव स्यात् | वृक्षाः प्लक्षाः इति | इह न स्यात् । अक्षाः पादाः माषाः इति । रूपग्रहणे पुनः क्रियमाणे न दोषो भवति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
sthitiutterance of a pada or padas in the Padapatha without इति; the utterance with इति being called उपस्थिति; confer, compare पदं यदा केवलमाह सा स्थितिः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.15; (2) established practice or view: confer, compare शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः। Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 44.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarabhaktia vowel part; appearance of a consonant as a vowel; the character of a vowel borne by a consonant. Many times a semivowel which consists of one letter has to be divided especially for purposes of metre, as also for accentuation into two letters or rather, has to be turned into two letters by inserting a vowel before it or after it, for instance य् is to be turned into इय् e. g, in त्रियम्बकं यजामहे, while र् or रेफ is to be turned into र् ऋ as for instance in कर्हि चित् which is to be uttered as कर् ऋ हृि चित्. This prefixing or suffixing of a vowel is called स्वरभक्तिः confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं द्राघीयसी सार्धमात्रेतरे च | अधोनान्या ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 32.35; confer, compare also न संयोगं स्वरभाक्तिर्विहृान्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 35; confer, compare also रेफात् खरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णा स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 46. In Panini's grammar, however, the word अज्भाक्त, which means the same is used for स्वरभक्ति; cf ऋति ऋ वा लृति लृ वा इत्युभयत्रापि विधेयं वर्णद्वयं द्विमात्रम् | अाद्यस्य मध्ये द्वौ ; रेफौ तयोरेकां मात्रा । अभितेाज्भक्तेरपरा। S. K. on VI. 1.101.
svarabhinnadiffering in the matter of accent; words so differing are Practically looked upon as one and the same; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नानां यस्योत्तरस्वरविधिस्तस्येंकशेषो वक्यव्य: | अक्षश्च अक्षश्च अक्षौ । M. Bh on I. 2. 64 Vart. 24, For technical purposes, they are sometimes looked upon as different; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नस्य च प्राप्नुवन् विधिरनित्यः । Par. Sek. Pari. 49.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svarūpagrahaṇamention by the verbal form, and not by the description of characteristics; e. g. मृजेर्वृद्धिः P VII. 2.114; सृजिदृशेIर्झल्यमाकिति VI. l. 58; confer, compareधातोः स्वरूपग्रहणे तत्प्रत्यये कार्यविज्ञानम् M.Bh. on P.VI.1.58.
svātantryaindependence, or autonomy as a characteristic of the agent ( कर्ता ); confer, compare कर्मकर्तरि कर्तृत्वमास्ति। कुतः। स्वातन्त्र्यस्य विवाक्षितत्वात् | स्वातन्त्र्येणैवात्र कर्ता विवक्षितः | M.Bh. on P. III. 1. 87 Vart.5.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
422 results
racana arrangementCC Antya 18.101
racana compilationCC Adi 13.48
racana compositionCC Adi 11.54
racanā compositionCC Antya 1.70
racanā of the creationSB 3.15.23
racanā RacanāSB 6.6.44
racanāḥ plansSB 3.9.10
racayan playingSB 3.2.2
racayantam creatingSB 3.15.47
racayatam please makeMM 34
racayati He arranges to makeSB 10.8.30
racayiṣyāmi I shall createCC Madhya 23.37
racayitum to createBs 5.35
racilā plannedCC Antya 18.83
racita madeSB 5.1.37
racita manufacturedSB 4.12.15
SB 5.10.6
racita producedSB 11.7.58
SB 4.7.39
racita-añjaliḥ with folded handsSB 4.20.21
racita-añjaliḥ with folded handsSB 4.20.21
racita-añjalīnām folding our hands together to beg Your pardonSB 6.3.30
racita-añjalīnām folding our hands together to beg Your pardonSB 6.3.30
racita-dhiyam mind fixedSB 4.7.29
racita-dhiyam mind fixedSB 4.7.29
racitāḥ createdSB 3.21.52-54
racitaḥ madeSB 6.16.41
racitāḥ manufacturedSB 11.5.18
racitāḥ performedSB 6.16.39
racitaiḥ by those who are produced (the living entities)SB 10.38.11
racitaiḥ which were designedSB 3.23.21
racitām createdSB 11.30.49
racitam manifestedSB 3.28.32
racitam manufacturedSB 4.12.15
racitām producedSB 10.85.57
racitam producedSB 11.30.38
racitāt fabricated bySB 1.15.11
racitayā displayedSB 3.30.8
racite compiledCC Adi 8.39
racite made ofSB 3.31.14
racite which is manufacturedSB 9.8.25
raciteṣu in things manufacturedSB 9.9.47
raciteṣu manufacturedSB 11.8.8
a-tat-racanayā by expanding activities in the material field, mistaking the body for the selfSB 5.6.19
ācāra pracāra behaving well and preachingCC Antya 4.103
agracārī moving impetuouslySB 5.22.8
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
artha-racanāḥ material achievementsSB 3.23.8
na ati-dūracarāḥ coming nearSB 7.8.37-39
avidyā-racitam created by nescienceSB 4.16.19
āviracīkarat he producedSB 3.23.12
bhadracāruḥ BhadracāruSB 10.61.8-9
bhagavat-pracoditaḥ being instructed by the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.3.47
bhakti pracāriyā broadcasting devotional serviceCC Madhya 1.32
bhakti-śāstrera pracāra propagation of the revealed scriptures of devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.103
bhakti pracārilā preached devotional serviceCC Antya 4.235
bhakti pracāriyā preaching the cult of devotional serviceCC Antya 5.90
ṣoḍaśa bheda pracāra there are sixteen varietiesCC Madhya 24.291
pracaṇḍam caṇḍam Pracaṇḍa and CaṇḍaSB 11.27.28
deva-pracoditāḥ played by the demigodsSB 10.25.32
dharma-pracāraṇa preaching of real religionCC Madhya 11.98
na ati-dūracarāḥ coming nearSB 7.8.37-39
pracalat-gātraḥ his body tremblingSB 9.4.43
gauracandra whose name is GaurahariCC Adi 9.2
gauracandra Gaurasundara (Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu)CC Adi 10.11
gauracandra the moon of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 13.91
gauracandra Śrī GaurahariCC Adi 14.93
gauracandra Lord GaurāńgaCC Adi 17.137
gauracandra of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 17.140
gauracandra to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 1.6
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 4.2
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 4.195
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 4.199
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Lord GaurahariCC Madhya 6.2
gauracandra Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.108
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 9.282
gauracandra to Gauracandra, Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 12.2
gauracandra to GauracandraCC Madhya 14.2
jaya gauracandra all glories to GaurahariCC Madhya 14.59
gauracandra to Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 16.2
gauracandra to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 17.2
gauracandra to Lord Gauracandra (Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu)CC Madhya 18.2
gauracandra to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 23.2
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 6.3
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 7.151
gauracandra Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 8.6
gauracandra to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.2
gauracandra to Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 20.2
gauracandram who is known as Lord GauracandraCC Madhya 6.1
gauracandre unto Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 7.169
he vipracitte O VipracittiSB 8.21.19
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 4.2
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 4.2
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Lord GaurahariCC Madhya 6.2
jaya jaya gauracandra all glories to Lord GaurahariCC Madhya 6.2
jaya gauracandra all glories to GaurahariCC Madhya 14.59
kaila paracāra Lord Kṛṣṇa propagatedCC Adi 5.90
pṛthak karaha racana write separatelyCC Antya 1.42
nā kare pracāra does not do preaching workCC Antya 4.102
kare paracāra preachesCC Antya 5.74
pracāra karena does preaching workCC Antya 4.102
kariha pracāraṇa make knownCC Antya 1.218
kariha pracāra preachCC Antya 1.219
karilā pracāre Caitanya Mahāprabhu preached elaboratelyCC Madhya 25.266
karilā pracāra You have spreadCC Antya 3.76
karilā pracāra you have preachedCC Antya 11.25
karimu racanā I shall writeCC Antya 1.44
kīrtana pracāra spreading of the sańkīrtana movementCC Adi 6.35
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
viracita-kṛtiḥ is very expertSB 10.8.31
kutracit sometimesSB 6.12.7
kutracit at any timeSB 7.6.17-18
kutracit somewhereSB 10.55.32
kutracit somewhereSB 10.69.28
kutracit somewhereSB 10.69.29
kutracit whatsoeverSB 11.20.6
kutracit anywhereCC Adi 2.74
kutracit anywhereCC Adi 16.58
likhiyāchena pracura has written profuselyCC Madhya 19.118
mahimā pracaṇḍa very forceful gloriesCC Antya 20.106
maṇḍalī-racane in a circleCC Antya 6.60
mat-racana My activities of creation and so onSB 3.25.26
māyā-viracite arranged by māyāSB 3.31.48
māyā-racita created by material natureSB 5.11.6
māyā-racitasya created by the external, material energySB 5.11.12
māyā-raciteṣu things created by the external energySB 8.5.44
māyā-viracitam the laws enforced by māyā, the illusory energySB 9.19.26
sva-māyā-raciteṣu in the situation created by one's mental concoctionsSB 10.1.43
māyā-raciteṣu produced by the illusory material energySB 11.28.27
na ati-dūracarāḥ coming nearSB 7.8.37-39
nā kare pracāra does not do preaching workCC Antya 4.102
nāma-pracāre spreading the importance of the holy name of the LordCC Antya 4.100
papraccha askedSB 1.6.1
papraccha he inquired fromSB 1.13.32
papraccha inquiredSB 1.17.4
papraccha askedSB 1.18.40
papraccha askedSB 2.4.3-4
papraccha inquiredSB 3.5.1
papraccha inquiredSB 3.13.1
papraccha inquiredSB 3.14.1
papraccha askedSB 7.1.14-15
papraccha inquiredSB 7.5.4
papraccha inquiredSB 7.11.1
papraccha he inquired from herSB 9.20.10
papraccha inquiredSB 10.12.40
papraccha askedSB 10.38.41
papraccha He inquiredSB 10.39.3
papraccha He inquiredSB 10.42.1
papraccha inquiredSB 10.58.18
papraccha He askedSB 10.64.7
papraccha he asked aboutSB 10.88.14
papraccha he askedSB 11.2.27
papraccha inquiredSB 11.7.25
papraccha askedSB 11.19.11
papracchuḥ made inquiriesSB 1.1.5
papracchuḥ inquired from HerSB 8.9.2
papracchuḥ inquiredSB 9.6.28
papracchuḥ inquired (from Tārā)SB 9.14.11
papracchuḥ they inquiredSB 10.30.4
papracchuḥ they askedSB 10.65.4-6
papracchuḥ askedSB 10.65.9
papracchuḥ they askedSB 11.1.13-15
papracchuḥ inquiredSB 11.13.16
papracchuḥ they askedSB 11.13.20
papracchuḥ asked aboutCC Madhya 25.130
racara O You, who are on the other side of the river of deathSB 7.9.41
paracāra proclamationCC Adi 4.99-100
paracāra preachingCC Adi 4.220
kaila paracāra Lord Kṛṣṇa propagatedCC Adi 5.90
paracāra propagationCC Madhya 21.110
smṛti-paracāra propagation of the directions of Vaiṣṇava behaviorCC Madhya 24.325
kare paracāra preachesCC Antya 5.74
paripapraccha inquiredSB 2.9.43
pāṣaṇḍa-pracure mostly atheismSB 12.2.12-16
pracakrame executed the preliminariesSB 2.4.11
pracakrame began toSB 4.2.17
pracakrame attemptedSB 4.13.1
pracakrame proceededSB 4.28.10
pracakrame endeavoredSB 8.5.14
pracakṣate known by nameSB 1.13.52
pracakṣate is spoken ofSB 3.20.41
pracakṣate are spoken ofSB 3.22.3
pracakṣate they allSB 3.26.25
pracakṣate they callSB 3.29.1-2
pracakṣate they saySB 3.30.29
pracakṣate declareSB 4.4.18
pracakṣate it is saidSB 6.6.7
pracakṣate is celebratedSB 10.2.3
pracakṣate they praiseSB 11.13.5
pracakṣate are calledSB 12.6.78
pracakṣate they saySB 12.10.41
pracakṣate is consideredCC Adi 2.53
pracakṣyate will be narratedSB 9.7.23
pracala movingSB 10.75.33
pracala busily engaged inCC Antya 15.97
pracalat-gātraḥ his body tremblingSB 9.4.43
pracalatā movingSB 7.2.23
pracalatā moving, agitatedSB 11.22.54-55
pracalate it movesSB 5.21.10
pracalita agitatedSB 3.18.14
pracalita disturbedSB 10.36.18
pracālitaḥ thrownSB 12.6.22
pracalitam movingSB 5.22.1
pracaṇḍa terribleSB 3.18.9
pracaṇḍa furious, dangerousSB 4.19.38
pracaṇḍa terribleSB 7.8.34
pracaṇḍa-vegāt whose force is fearfulSB 8.2.33
pracaṇḍa fierceSB 8.10.51
pracaṇḍa-vegaḥ moving with terrible swiftnessSB 10.17.7
pracaṇḍa fierceSB 11.18.40-41
pracaṇḍa terribleSB 12.4.11
pracaṇḍa very advancedCC Adi 10.31
pracaṇḍa fiercelyCC Adi 17.62
pracaṇḍa very greatCC Madhya 6.214
pracaṇḍa very powerfulCC Madhya 9.43
pracaṇḍa very muchCC Madhya 13.12
mahimā pracaṇḍa very forceful gloriesCC Antya 20.106
pracaṇḍaḥ fierceSB 10.76.9-11
pracaṇḍaḥ fierceSB 10.79.1
pracaṇḍam fierceSB 1.7.21
pracaṇḍam caṇḍam Pracaṇḍa and CaṇḍaSB 11.27.28
pracāra preachingCC Adi 1.88-89
pracāra manifestationsCC Adi 2.64
pracāra propagationCC Adi 3.40
pracāra propagationCC Adi 3.99
pracāra broadcastingCC Adi 4.28
pracāra propagationCC Adi 4.41
pracāra the proclamationCC Adi 4.104
pracāra broadcastingCC Adi 4.223
kīrtana pracāra spreading of the sańkīrtana movementCC Adi 6.35
vāñchita pracāra spreading His missionCC Adi 6.39
pracāra movementCC Adi 7.18-19
pracāra broadcastCC Adi 7.167
pracāra propagationCC Adi 10.90
pracāra preachingCC Adi 14.17
pracāra preachingCC Adi 17.53
pracāra propagationCC Adi 17.298
pracāra preachingCC Madhya 1.34
pracāra preachingCC Madhya 1.112
pracāra manifestCC Madhya 2.11
pracāra manifestationCC Madhya 6.98
pracāra broadcastingCC Madhya 13.134
pracāra expansionCC Madhya 20.276
bhakti-śāstrera pracāra propagation of the revealed scriptures of devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.103
pracāra preachingCC Madhya 23.104
pracāra are knownCC Madhya 24.31
ṣoḍaśa bheda pracāra there are sixteen varietiesCC Madhya 24.291
pracāra preachingCC Antya 1.198
kariha pracāra preachCC Antya 1.219
karilā pracāra You have spreadCC Antya 3.76
nā kare pracāra does not do preaching workCC Antya 4.102
pracāra karena does preaching workCC Antya 4.102
ācāra pracāra behaving well and preachingCC Antya 4.103
sevakera pracāra traffic of the servantsCC Antya 4.126
pracāra proclaimingCC Antya 4.182
pracāra preachingCC Antya 7.52
karilā pracāra you have preachedCC Antya 11.25
pracāra broadcastingCC Antya 20.17
pracāraṇa propagationCC Adi 4.15-16
pracāraṇa to broadcastCC Adi 7.164
pracāraṇa broadcastingCC Adi 7.166
pracāraṇa propagatingCC Adi 17.316
pracāraṇa preachingCC Madhya 1.105
dharma-pracāraṇa preaching of real religionCC Madhya 11.98
kariha pracāraṇa make knownCC Antya 1.218
prema-pracāraṇa preaching the cult of bhaktiCC Antya 3.149
pracāraṇa preachingCC Antya 4.81
pracāraṇa spreadingCC Antya 4.228
pracāraṇe preachingCC Antya 1.204
pracaranti they moveSB 6.16.24
pracaranti are performingSB 10.38.9
pracarati the sun movesSB 5.22.6
pracaratsu were being performedSB 5.3.2
pracāre proclaimCC Adi 4.7
pracāre distributionCC Madhya 8.312
karilā pracāre Caitanya Mahāprabhu preached elaboratelyCC Madhya 25.266
nāma-pracāre spreading the importance of the holy name of the LordCC Antya 4.100
pracāri' preachingCC Antya 3.226
pracārila propagatedCC Adi 4.102
pracārilā preachedCC Adi 7.165
pracārila preachedCC Adi 10.89
bhakti pracārilā preached devotional serviceCC Antya 4.235
pracārite to propagateCC Adi 4.5
pracārite to preachCC Madhya 1.262
prema pracārite to preach the cult of bhakti, love of GodheadCC Antya 3.148
pracāriyā preachingCC Adi 6.94
sańkīrtana pracāriyā by preaching the cult of sańkīrtanaCC Adi 6.114
pracāriyā distributingCC Adi 13.36
bhakti pracāriyā broadcasting devotional serviceCC Madhya 1.32
bhakti pracāriyā preaching the cult of devotional serviceCC Antya 5.90
pracchādya coveringSB 10.25.12
pracchakam and an inquisitive hearer like Mahārāja ParīkṣitSB 10.1.16
pracchanna coveredCC Madhya 8.172
pracchannam coveredCC Madhya 6.182
pracetaḥ VaruṇaSB 2.5.30
pracetāḥ Varuṇa, the King of the seasSB 4.16.10
pracetāḥ Varuṇa, the controller of waterSB 6.3.14-15
pracetāḥ a son named PracetāSB 9.23.15
pracetasā with the demigod known as VaruṇaSB 7.12.26-28
pracetasaḥ of VaruṇaSB 3.17.26
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.13.2
pracetasaḥ all of them being designated as PracetāsSB 4.24.13
pracetasaḥ all the sons of King PrācīnabarhiSB 4.24.19
pracetasaḥ the princes known as the PracetāsSB 4.25.2
pracetasaḥ the sons of BarhiṣatSB 4.30.2
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.30.3
pracetasaḥ the Pracetā brothersSB 4.30.21
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.30.22
pracetasaḥ all the PracetāsSB 4.30.44
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.31.5
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 4.31.23
pracetasaḥ the PracetāsSB 6.4.4
pracetasam the treasurer of heaven, known as VaruṇaSB 2.3.2-7
pracetasam VaruṇaSB 3.17.27
pracetasām and of Varuṇa, the god of the watersSB 3.21.51
pracetasām of the PracetāsSB 4.12.40
pracetasām of all the PracetāsSB 4.24.16
pracetasām by the PracetāsSB 4.31.8
pracetasām of the PracetāsSB 4.31.25
pracetasam VaruṇaSB 10.74.16
pracetobhiḥ by the PracetāsSB 4.30.43
pracetobhyaḥ unto the PracetāsSB 4.30.47
pracetobhyaḥ from the PracetāsSB 12.12.17
pracikīrṣavaḥ trying to retaliateSB 4.10.10
pracinvān PracinvānSB 9.20.2
pracodayat sent forthSB 10.25.2
pracodayati inspires to activitySB 12.6.69
pracoditā inspiredSB 2.4.22
pracoditaḥ being askedSB 3.25.4
pracoditāḥ being encouragedSB 4.16.3
pracoditāḥ being inspiredSB 8.14.3
bhagavat-pracoditaḥ being instructed by the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.3.47
vasudeva-pracoditaḥ being inspired by VasudevaSB 10.8.1
pracoditāḥ urgedSB 10.24.38
deva-pracoditāḥ played by the demigodsSB 10.25.32
pracoditāḥ urged onSB 10.68.13
pracoditam urged onSB 10.43.2
pracoditāt from being so directed in the scripturesSB 4.19.27
pracura enoughCC Adi 8.29-30
pracura plentifulCC Madhya 3.48
pracura sufficientCC Madhya 4.182
pracura a large quantityCC Madhya 8.304
likhiyāchena pracura has written profuselyCC Madhya 19.118
pracura abundantCC Madhya 19.220
pracura deepCC Madhya 23.12
pracura without limitationCC Antya 4.34
pracura muchCC Antya 6.262
pracuraḥ too muchSB 1.18.43
pracuraḥ abundantSB 5.13.21
pracuram abundantlySB 10.51.42
pracuram abundantSB 10.52.8
pāṣaṇḍa-pracure mostly atheismSB 12.2.12-16
pracyāvitam fallenSB 9.6.50
prapañca-racana there is the cosmic manifestationCC Madhya 20.254
prema pracārite to preach the cult of bhakti, love of GodheadCC Antya 3.148
prema-pracāraṇa preaching the cult of bhaktiCC Antya 3.149
pṛthak karaha racana write separatelyCC Antya 1.42
mat-racana My activities of creation and so onSB 3.25.26
prapañca-racana there is the cosmic manifestationCC Madhya 20.254
pṛthak karaha racana write separatelyCC Antya 1.42
karimu racanā I shall writeCC Antya 1.44
artha-racanāḥ material achievementsSB 3.23.8
a-tat-racanayā by expanding activities in the material field, mistaking the body for the selfSB 5.6.19
maṇḍalī-racane in a circleCC Antya 6.60
māyā-racita created by material natureSB 5.11.6
avidyā-racitam created by nescienceSB 4.16.19
māyā-racitasya created by the external, material energySB 5.11.12
māyā-raciteṣu things created by the external energySB 8.5.44
sva-māyā-raciteṣu in the situation created by one's mental concoctionsSB 10.1.43
māyā-raciteṣu produced by the illusory material energySB 11.28.27
sampracakṣate also say that Kṛṣṇa is VāsudevaSB 10.8.14
sampracakṣate also say that Kṛṣṇa is VāsudevaSB 10.26.17
sampracakṣate declareSB 12.4.35
sampracaratsu when beginning to performSB 5.7.6
sańkīrtana pracāriyā by preaching the cult of sańkīrtanaCC Adi 6.114
bhakti-śāstrera pracāra propagation of the revealed scriptures of devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.103
sevakera pracāra traffic of the servantsCC Antya 4.126
smṛti-paracāra propagation of the directions of Vaiṣṇava behaviorCC Madhya 24.325
ṣoḍaśa bheda pracāra there are sixteen varietiesCC Madhya 24.291
sva-māyā-raciteṣu in the situation created by one's mental concoctionsSB 10.1.43
a-tat-racanayā by expanding activities in the material field, mistaking the body for the selfSB 5.6.19
terache at an angleCC Madhya 9.56
terache crookedCC Madhya 21.105
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.30.22
pracetasaḥ ūcuḥ the Pracetās saidSB 4.31.5
uparacita arranged in proximitySB 12.12.68
vāñchita pracāra spreading His missionCC Adi 6.39
vasudeva-pracoditaḥ being inspired by VasudevaSB 10.8.1
pracaṇḍa-vegaḥ moving with terrible swiftnessSB 10.17.7
pracaṇḍa-vegāt whose force is fearfulSB 8.2.33
vipracakre he insultedSB 10.67.14-15
vipracitaḥ from VipracitSB 6.18.12-13
vipracitte VipracittiSB 6.10.31
vipracitte VipracittiSB 7.2.4-5
he vipracitte O VipracittiSB 8.21.19
vipracittiḥ VipracittiSB 6.6.29-31
vipracittiḥ VipracittiSB 6.6.37
vipracittiḥ VipracittiSB 6.10.19-22
vipracittiḥ VipracittiSB 8.10.19-24
viracayan makingCC Adi 4.117
viracayan makingCC Madhya 8.190
viracayya having constructedSB 11.4.3
viracita executedSB 5.3.6
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
viracita perfectedSB 5.20.41
viracita constructedSB 5.24.9
viracita formedSB 5.25.3
viracita-kṛtiḥ is very expertSB 10.8.31
viracita createdSB 10.31.5
viracita manufacturedSB 11.7.16
viracitāḥ fixedSB 5.24.31
viracitāḥ madeSB 10.41.49
viracitaḥ constructedSB 11.10.10
viracitam manufacturedSB 1.3.30
viracitam meditated onSB 3.15.42
viracitam was createdSB 4.1.56
viracitam this universe, which has been createdSB 8.12.10
viracitam createdSB 9.18.49
māyā-viracitam the laws enforced by māyā, the illusory energySB 9.19.26
viracitām performedSB 10.21.11
viracitām performedCC Madhya 17.36
māyā-viracite arranged by māyāSB 3.31.48
187 results
racana noun (neuter) arranging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
composing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preparing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of making (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38633/72933
racanā noun (feminine) a creation of the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a literary production (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arrangement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arrangement (of troops) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
array (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
artificial image (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
composition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contrivance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dressing the hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fabrication (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixing the feathers on an arrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
management (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preparation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
production (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
putting on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stringing flowers or garlands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
style (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wearing (of a garment) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8854/72933
racay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to adorn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to make or do (with double acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to move (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to complete (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to compose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to construct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to decorate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to effect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fashion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make into (with double acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to place in or on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to produce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to put in motion (a horse) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to write (a book or any literary work) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3274/72933
agotracaraṇa adjective
Frequency rank 26102/72933
aṅgāracūḍaka noun (masculine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 41789/72933
atīsāracikitsita noun (neuter) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Cik. 9
Frequency rank 42293/72933
anuprach verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7508/72933
antaracakra noun (neuter) a technical term in augury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the whole of the thirty-two intermediate regions of the compass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43431/72933
antaḥpuracara noun (masculine) guardian of the women's apartments (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20605/72933
apracaṇḍa adjective mild soft
Frequency rank 26473/72933
apracarita adjective
Frequency rank 23076/72933
apracārin adjective
Frequency rank 32194/72933
apracāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 43835/72933
apracālya adjective
Frequency rank 43836/72933
apracura adjective few (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
little (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43837/72933
apracetana adjective numb (as a limb)
Frequency rank 43838/72933
apracodita adjective not bidden or commanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unasked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undesired (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26474/72933
apracodya adjective not to be impelled
Frequency rank 43839/72933
apracyāva noun (masculine) not falling in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32195/72933
apracyuta adjective (with abl.) not fallen or deviating from (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unmoved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43840/72933
apracyuti noun (feminine) not decaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43841/72933
aprachādita adjective uncovered
Frequency rank 43842/72933
abhipracoday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to impel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to induce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to persuade (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18857/72933
abhiprach verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask or inquire after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20694/72933
abhracandrā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 44530/72933
amaracaṇḍeśvara noun (masculine) name of a tempul
Frequency rank 44569/72933
asthiracchada noun (masculine) Betula Bhojpatra
Frequency rank 46023/72933
āpracch verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to bid farewell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to call (on a god) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to extol (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to implore (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inquire for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to salute on receiving or parting with a visitor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take leave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5660/72933
āmraciñcaka noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 46553/72933
āmracūṣitaka noun (neuter) [erotics]
Frequency rank 33120/72933
āracay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to arrange (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33149/72933
āsīnapracalāyita noun (neuter) falling asleep on a seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nodding when seated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33218/72933
indracandana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 46913/72933
indracāpa noun (masculine neuter) the rainbow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11959/72933
indracirbhiṭā noun (feminine) Citrullus colocynthis Schrad.
Frequency rank 33264/72933
indracchanda noun (masculine) a necklace consisting of 1008 strings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46914/72933
ugracaṇḍā noun (feminine) name of a goddess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27071/72933
uttaracchada noun (masculine) a bed cover a cover thrown over anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14054/72933
uttarapracchada noun (masculine) a coverlid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quilt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27102/72933
udaracikitsita noun (neuter) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Cik. 15
Frequency rank 47273/72933
udumbaracchadā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 33434/72933
upacāracchala noun (neuter) a kind of fallacious inference (to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27182/72933
upapracch verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask
Frequency rank 47554/72933
uparacay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to construct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to effect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to prepare (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47594/72933
upasaṃprach verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to question about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33546/72933
karacchada noun (masculine) Trophis Aspera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33833/72933
karapracitika noun (masculine) name of CS, Cik. 1.3
Frequency rank 48647/72933
karapracitīya noun (masculine) name of chapter CS, Cik. 1.3
Frequency rank 27402/72933
kuṭhāracchinnā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 14829/72933
kuṭhārachinnikā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 49592/72933
kutracid indeclinable anywhere somewhere
Frequency rank 6135/72933
kṣudracandana noun (neuter) red sandal-wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23824/72933
kṣudracirbhaṭā noun (feminine) a variety of Curcumis
Frequency rank 50642/72933
kṣudracuñcu noun (masculine feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 34436/72933
kṣetracirbhiṭā noun (feminine) a kind of gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50711/72933
kharacarmā noun (feminine) a kind of lizard or alligator (godhā)
Frequency rank 50838/72933
kharacchadā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 50839/72933
kharacchada noun (masculine) a kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of reed (itkaṭa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a small shrub (kṣudragholī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27749/72933
cakracara noun (masculine) name of a class of superhuman beings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21264/72933
candracakra noun (neuter) a kind of surgical instrument for cutting a rectal fistula [surgery] a kind of incision
Frequency rank 52050/72933
candracūḍa noun (masculine) a form of Bhairava name of a hero of Kālikā name of a prince name of an author (son of Śri~bhaṭṭapuruṣottama)
Frequency rank 34887/72933
citracāpa noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52300/72933
jvaracikitsika adjective relating to/healing fever
Frequency rank 53101/72933
jvaracikitsita noun (neuter) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Cik. 1 name of Carakasaṃhitā, Cik. 3
Frequency rank 28124/72933
taraccha noun (masculine) a hyena
Frequency rank 53334/72933
tāmracūḍa noun (masculine) a cock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Blumea lacera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Parivrājaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11267/72933
daśakumāracarita noun (neuter) name of a work by Daṇḍin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16846/72933
niṣpracāra adjective fixed or concentrated (as mind) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
remaining in one place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36427/72933
pattraccheda noun (masculine) leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57023/72933
paripracch verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to interrogate or ask a person about anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2380/72933
pāṇḍuracchadā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 57693/72933
puṣkaracchada noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 58262/72933
pracakita adjective shuddering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
terrified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trembling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58632/72933
pracakṣ verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to call (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to declare (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to regard or consider as (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to relate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to suppose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to tell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3114/72933
pracaṇḍā noun (feminine) a form or Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of Dūrvā with white flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15904/72933
pracaṇḍa noun (masculine) a species of oleander with white flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a goblin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Vatsaprī and Sunandā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37113/72933
pracaṇḍa adjective burning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
direful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excessively violent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fierce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
formidable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
great (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impetuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
large (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
passionate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sharp (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
terrible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7984/72933
pracaṇḍaka noun (masculine) [rel.] a form of Śiva
Frequency rank 37114/72933
pracaṇḍakhecarī noun (feminine) name of a magical pill
Frequency rank 58633/72933
pracaṇḍabhairava noun (masculine) name of a Vyāyoga (kind of drama) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58634/72933
pracaya noun (masculine) (in alg.) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
-svara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accumulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
collecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gathering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
growth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quantity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slight aggregation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9412/72933
pracar verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to act in peculiar manner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to arrive at (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be active or busy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be occupied or engaged in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be or become current (as a story) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to behave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to circulate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to discharge (esp. sacred functions) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go or come to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perform (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to proceed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to proceed towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to roam (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to take place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5173/72933
pracara noun (masculine) a road (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
currency (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
custom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going well or widely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
path (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
usage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58635/72933
pracaraṇa noun (neuter) beginning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
employing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going to graze (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proceeding with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undertaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
using (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58636/72933
pracal verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to fly to move away
Frequency rank 5447/72933
pracala adjective circulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
customary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tremulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
what goes well or widely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13641/72933
pracalaka noun (masculine) a species of venomous reptile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58637/72933
pracalana noun (neuter) being current or customary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going well or widely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
retiring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rocking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
swaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trembling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58638/72933
pracalay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 37115/72933
pracalāka noun (masculine) a chameleon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a peacock's tail or crest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake or other venomous animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shooting with arrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19653/72933
pracalākin noun (masculine) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58639/72933
pracalita adjective bewildered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confused (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
customary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
departed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has set out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prevailing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proceeded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
received (as authority or law) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
recognized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rolling (as the eye) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
set in motion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tremulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58640/72933
pracārin adjective acting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
adhering or sticking to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
appearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
behaving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proceeding with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wandering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29116/72933
pracāra noun (masculine) a playground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
appearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
application (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
behaviour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conduct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
currency (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
custom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
employment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
existence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
manifestation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
occurrence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pasturage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pasture-ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place of exercise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prevalence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
roaming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
showing one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
usage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
use (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wandering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4510/72933
pracāray verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to allow to roam (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make public (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37116/72933
pracālana noun (neuter) noise (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stir (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stirring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29117/72933
pracālay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to move towards
Frequency rank 12565/72933
praci verb (class 5 ātmanepada) to augment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to collect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enhance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to gather (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mow or cut down (enemies) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pluck (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11709/72933
pracikīrṣu adjective wishing or intending to requite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29118/72933
pracitatara adjective
Frequency rank 58641/72933
pracitta noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 58642/72933
pracintay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to contrive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to devise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to find out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reflect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15049/72933
pracībala noun (masculine feminine neuter) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37117/72933
pracud verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to drive on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to impel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set in motion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to urge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58643/72933
pracura adjective abounding in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abundant (opp. to alpa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
filled with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
frequent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
many (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
much (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plenteous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plentiful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7317/72933
pracuratara adjective very much
Frequency rank 58644/72933
pracurībhū verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to be augmented to be numerous
Frequency rank 58645/72933
praceta noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 58646/72933
praceta adjective
Frequency rank 58647/72933
pracetas noun (masculine) name of a prince (son of Duduha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Durmada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Duryāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Ghṛta name of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 10 sons of Prācīnabarhis by a daughter of Varuṇa (they are the progenitors of Dakṣa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 7709/72933
pracetas adjective attentive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
delighted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mindful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (said of the gods) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19654/72933
pracetana adjective illumining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
illustrating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58648/72933
pracetasī noun (feminine) Myrica Sapida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58649/72933
pracodin adjective driving forward (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
urging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58650/72933
pracodaka adjective instigating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58651/72933
pracodanī noun (feminine) Solanum Jacquini (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58652/72933
pracodana noun (neuter) a rule or law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
command (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
direction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exciting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instigating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
order (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
saying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58653/72933
pracoday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to announce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to command (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to demand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to excite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inspire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make haste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make known (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to proclaim (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to request (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to summon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3031/72933
praccyāvay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to cause to fall (lit. and fig.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to eject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to move (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to remove or dispel or divert from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to shake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11710/72933
pracch noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root pracch
Frequency rank 58654/72933
pracch verb (class 1 parasmaipada) (in astrol.) to consult the future (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to trouble one's self with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask after inquire about (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ask or interrogate any one (acc.) about anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to beg (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to demand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to entreat (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inquire about one's (gen.) mother's name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to interrogate (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to long for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to question (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to seek (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 334/72933
pracchi noun (masculine) [gramm.] root pracch
Frequency rank 58655/72933
pracchad verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to conceal to hide
Frequency rank 3757/72933
pracchada noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 29119/72933
pracchanna noun (neuter) a lattice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a private door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loop-hole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58656/72933
pracchardana noun (neuter) emitting exhaling vomiting
Frequency rank 9649/72933
praccharday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to vomit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21794/72933
pracchā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to bleed by making incisions in the skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cup (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to scarify (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11351/72933
pracchādaka adjective
Frequency rank 58657/72933
pracchādana adjective concealing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hiding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37118/72933
pracchādana noun (neuter) an upper or outer garment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concealing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concealment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12566/72933
pracchāday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to be an obstacle to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be in the way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to conceal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to disguise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to envelop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to keep secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wrap up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4252/72933
pracchādayitukāma adjective wishing to conceal
Frequency rank 58658/72933
pracchāna noun (neuter) [medic.] a kind of visrāvaṇa ("Schröpfen")
Frequency rank 13642/72933
pracchāya noun (neuter) a shadowy place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dense shade (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19655/72933
pracchid verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to cleave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cut off or through (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pierce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rend or take away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to split (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to withdraw (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10146/72933
praccheday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to cause to cut off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58659/72933
pracyavana noun (neuter) banishment departure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deprivation (with abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dropping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being born again) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oozing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
withdrawal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58660/72933
pracyāvaka adjective
Frequency rank 58661/72933
pracyāvana noun (neuter) a sedative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
causing to give up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diverting from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
means of removing or diminishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37119/72933
pracyu verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to be deprived of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come or stream forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to depart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to drop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to fall down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lose (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to move (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to proceed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stumble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to swerve or deviate from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6000/72933
pracyuti noun (feminine) departing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deprivation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
withdrawing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58662/72933
pracūrṇay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to crush (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to grind to dust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24680/72933
prachādin adjective covering
Frequency rank 58663/72933
bhadracāru noun (masculine) name of a son of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60530/72933
bhramaracchallī noun (feminine) a species of creeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37911/72933
mantracakra noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 61457/72933
mantracchanna noun (neuter) fehlerhafte Rezitation eines mantras (??)
Frequency rank 29559/72933
mayūracūḍa noun (neuter) a kind of gall-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61525/72933
mahāpracaya noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 61778/72933
meḍhracarman noun (neuter) prepuce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fore-skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62562/72933
rasendracintamaṇi noun (masculine) name of an alchemical treatise
Frequency rank 63503/72933
rasendracintāmaṇi noun (masculine) name of an alchemical text
Frequency rank 15154/72933
rasendracūḍāmaṇi noun (masculine) name of an alchemical text
Frequency rank 63504/72933
rudracaṇḍā noun (feminine) name of a goddess
Frequency rank 29929/72933
vajracarman noun (masculine) a rhinoceros (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64457/72933
varacandana noun (neuter) a sort of dark sandal-wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Pinus Deodora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39057/72933
vipracitti noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65837/72933
vipracitti noun (masculine) name of a Dānava; father of Rāhu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a preceptor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10780/72933
virac verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to prepare to produce
Frequency rank 65971/72933
viracay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to arrange to build to compose to construct to contrive to don to erect to fashion to form to invent to make to produce to put on to wear to write
Frequency rank 4621/72933
vyāghracaraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 66890/72933
śakracāpa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 25539/72933
śakracāpasamudbhavā noun (feminine) a kind of cucumber
Frequency rank 67086/72933
śayanaracana noun (neuter) the preparation of a bed or couch (one of the 64 arts) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67245/72933
śaracchaśin noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 67255/72933
śaracchikhin noun (masculine) a peacock in autumn (supposed to cease its cries) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67256/72933
śastracūrṇa noun (neuter) iron-filings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
maṇḍūra
Frequency rank 67362/72933
samanupracch verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to ask or inquire about (acc.)
Frequency rank 40397/72933
samāpracch verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to take leave of
Frequency rank 69037/72933
sampracakṣ verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to assume to explain to expound to suppose
Frequency rank 20228/72933
sampracar verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to advance to be carried on to begin to move to go on to take place
Frequency rank 40496/72933
sampraci verb (class 5 ātmanepada) to gather to increase
Frequency rank 69258/72933
sampracoday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to drive on to encourage to incite to promote to set in rapid motion to urge on or impel quickly
Frequency rank 30795/72933
sampracch verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask to consult about to inquire into the future to make inquiries to question about (with two acc.) to salute or greet one another
Frequency rank 9975/72933
sahasracakṣu adjective thousand-eyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69685/72933
sahasracaraṇa adjective thousand footed (said of Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30854/72933
saṃparipracch verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ask
Frequency rank 69948/72933
saṃpracal verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69963/72933
saṃpracāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 69964/72933
saṃpracālay verb (class 10 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69965/72933
saṃpracchā verb (class 4 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 69966/72933
saṃpracchāday verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 69967/72933
sāgaraceṭaka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 70230/72933
supracetana adjective
Frequency rank 70972/72933
sthiracchāya noun (masculine) a tree yielding permanent shadow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71780/72933
svairacārin adjective acting at will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
independent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72277/72933
 

abhayāriṣṭa

ayurvedic medicine in fermented liquid form containing the extract of Chebulic myrobalan (harītaki) used to harmonize the digestive functions.

abhyāsa

repetitive expression, practice.

ādāna

to suck or extract; ādānakāla the first half of the year (uttarāyana or northern solstice); it includes śiśira (winter); vasanta (spring) and grīṣma (summer).

āharaṅa

extraction, one of the surgical techniques; removing.

ajāmoda

goat’s delight; Plant bishop’s weed, ajowan caraway; dried aromatic fruits of Apium leptophyllum; A. graveo; Trachyspermum roxburghianum.

ajovan

Plant bishop’s weed, Trachyspermum ammi; fruits used as spice.

ākṣepa

convulsions; It is a medical condition where the body muscles contract and relax rapidly and repeatedly, resulting in an uncontrolled shaking of the body.

alābuyantra

instrument made from dried bottle gourd to extract body fluids like blood and pus.

alambuṣa

1. a barrier not to be crossed; 2. palm of the hand with fingers extended; 3. Plant life plant, Biophytum sensitivum; water mimosa, Neptunea oleracea.

amlapitta

hyperacidity, ulcer.

amūrta

abstract, unembodied.

aṅgaracūḍaka

a samll bird known as free crested wren.

aṇutva

tiny, characteristic of mind; atomicity.

anuvellita

a kind of suturing in surgical practices.

apakarṣaṇa

1. distraction; taking away; forcing away; abolishing; 2. elimination of waste substances from inside the human body.

arśovartma

a form of trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the Chlamydia trachomatis, a micro-organism which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Al called granular conjunctivitis.

asādhya

incurable; intractable.

aśoka

Plant asok tree, Saraca asoca, S. indica. the bark of Polyalthia longifolia is used instead.

asthi

bone, asthibhagna bone fracture, asthicālitam sub periosteal haematoma; asthisauṣīrya, osteoporosis asthiśoṣa dryingup of bones including osteoporosis.

aśvakarṇam

oblique fracture of bone resembling the ear of a horse.

atihrasva

dwarfism, retracted growth.

atipatita

1. complete fracture of bone; 2. transgressed.

avabāhuka

down-arm; brachialgia.

avraṇabhagna

simple fracture of bone without wound.

bhagna

broken; bone fracture.

bhaiṣajyakalpana

formulation of medicines; pharmaceutical practices of ayurveda.

bhaṅjanaka

cracks of tooth.

bhranjanaka

cracked or fissured tooth.

camatkāracintāmaṇi

a handbook for practitioners authored by Lolambarāja (16th Century ).

carmadala

wart; exfoliative dermatosis; cracked skin.

cavya

Plant cubeb; elephant pepper; dried stem of Piper retrofractum; P. chaba; P. officinarum

chinnam

incomplete fracture of bone.

chatraka

Plant mushroom, Ageracus camprestris.

chinnaśvāsa

Cheyne-stokes respiration; an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by deeper and faster breathing, followed by a gradual decrease that results in a temporary stop in breathing called an apnea.

curṇītakam

comminuted fracture; the bone shattered into fragments.

dālana

1. toothache, 2. tooth crack

dīpyaka

Plant ajowan seeds; Trachyspermum ammi

ekakuṣṭa

skin disease characterized by well defined reddish plaques adhered with loose silver coloured scales; psoriasis.

garutmantam

emerald, a gemstone of the mineral beryl coloured green by trace amounts of chromium and sometimes vanadium.

gocāra

transit of the planets; period of interaction.

gojihva

Plant leaf and stem of Onosma bracteatum, sedge.

guḍūci

Plant heart-leaved moonseed; moon creeper; dried stem of Tinospora cardifolia; guḍūcisatva extract of guḍūci as immuno-modulator.

guṇa

property; trait; character; physio-chemical and pharmacodynamic properties of a substance.

guru

1. heavy, a trait or characteristic of matter; 2. big, high in respect; 3. teacher.

jātakarma

a Hindu ceremony to welcome the newborn into the world, by stimulating senses by ghee, honey et Century and chanting oracles.

kāca

glass; cataract; Go to liṅganāśa.

kānḍabhagna

fractur of shaft of bone; fractures.

kaṇṭha

neck, throat, kaṇṭhagataroga diseases of pharynx and larynx, kaṇṭhanāḍi trachea; kaṇṭhaśālūka adenoid or nasopharyngeal tonsil, kaṇṭhaśunḍi elongated uvula or uvulitis.

kapālabhāti

aggressive form of prānāyāma , forcibly expelling air from lungs as the diaphragm and abdominal muscles contract.

karkāṭakam

1. fracture with haematoma; it resembles the shape of knot; 2. a pair of tongs; 3. the zodiac sign Cancer.

karṇa

ear, karṇanāda tinnitus, karṇapāka otitis externa diffusa, karṇapippali cysts, polyps in the ear; karṇapūrana fill medicated oil in the ear, karṇarog ear disease, karṇaśodha edema; sūla earache, otalgia, karṇavedhi, karṇavyadha ear-boring.

kīṭamāri

Plant worm killer, insect killer, Aristolochia bracteolata, A. bracteata.

kokilākṣa

Plant starthorn, long-leaved barleria, Asteracantha longifolia; syn. Hygrophila auriculata, H. spinosa.

kṣudracandana

Go to raktacandana.

liṅganāśa

total cataract; loss of visual perception.

lodhra

Plant lodh tree, dried stem bark of Symplocos racemosa, S. hamiltonia.

loṇika

Plant wild purslane, chicken weed; Portulaca quadrifida, P. oleracea.

mahānetra

large eyes, a characteristic of majjadhātusāra puruṣa, person with predominance of marrow.

mahānimba

Plant Persian lilac, dried stembark of Melia azedarachta.

mahendracāpa

rainbow.

majjānugatam

impacted fracture of bone, that digs into marrow.

maṇipuracakra

circle of jewel city, one of the 6 wheels located in the umbilicus.

mantra

incantation, oracle.

marakata

emerald; a gemstone, and a variety of the mineral beryl colored green by trace amounts of chromium and sometimes vanadium.

mardana

1. rubbing, massaging, 2. grinding, rubbing, washing ores and metallic substances with extracts of plants.

mūlādhāracakra

whee at navel, root circle; one of the shaṭcakras.

mūtrasaṅga

obstruction in urinary tract, stricture.

nimba

Plant margosa tree, neem, Azadirachta indica.

nimeṣa

1. wink, closing eyelids; 2. involuntary movements of the body, 3. measurement of time equal to one and half second; 4. blepharospasm, abnormal contraction or twitch of the eyelid.

niruddhamaṇi

phimosis, a condition in males where the foreskin cannot be fully retracted over the glans penis.

niryūha

extract, juice, decoction.

nisarga

1. favour or grant, giving away, bestowing; 2. natural state or condition or a character.

oṣṭha

lip; oṣṭhabheda cracks on lips; oṣṭhaprakopa harelip, oṣṭharanjani

pañcasakāracūrṇa

(panca.sakāra.cūrṇa) medicine to treat chronic constipation.

parivartika

contraction of the prepuse (foreskin of penis), phimosis.

pātālakoṣṭhi

a part of ayurvedic pharmacy to extract active principles.

patitam

cracked fracture of bone;

picchitam

compression fracture of bone with swelling.

picu

1. swab, tampon arranged around the head to treat it with oil; 2. a kind of skin disease, picumarda neem tree, Azadirachta indica

piṇyāka

oil cake of sesamum; flour of grain remaining after extracting oil.

pitṛja

characteristics inherited from father.

pothaki

trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the bacteria Chlamydia trachoma, which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Also called granular conjunctivitis.

pracālak

peacock’s plume or crest.

pracchanna

1. scarifying; 2. hidden, wrapped, concealed.

puṣkara,puṣkaramūla

Plant orris root, dried root of Inula racemosa, I. helenium; Inula recemosa; Costus speciosus; Saussurea lappa.

racana

structure.

racanāśarīra

ayurvedic human anatomy.

rasagrahana

extraction.

rasāñjana

vitriol of copper added with turmeric for eyewash; extract of dāruharidra.

sādhana

realization, practice.

sādhāraṇa

general, sādhāraṇadeśa locale with traits of both dry (jāngala) and marshy (anūpa) characeristics.

śalāka

science related to dentistry, ear, nose, throat, eye and other diseases of the organs of the supraclavicular region, śalākayantra rodlike forceps

śālākya

diseases of head (ear, nose, throat, dental and head), supraclavicular therapy.

sandhānīya

healing, causing to grow together, drug promoting union of fractured bone fragments.

sankoca

contraction.

saptala

Plant 1. green spurge, Euphorbea dracanuloides; 2. soap nut, shikakai, Acacia sinuata, A. concinna.

sāra

extract, essence, pith.

śarabha

Kashmir deer; a strong and attractive deer.

śarīra

living human body, śarīra kriya human physiology, śarīra racana human anatomy.

śatāvari

Plant asparagus, tuberous roots of Asparagus racemosus.

satva

1. purity or pure state of mind; mental strength, one of the psychic humors; 2. extract prepared from a mineral substance. 3. sun-dried paste prepared from a cold infusion which is set in the sun until all the moisture evaporates and the concentrate becomes solid.

satvapātana

extraction of essence.

savraṇabhagna

compound and complicated fracture of bone

siddhaprānesvararas

herbo-mineral preparation used in the diseases of alimentary tract.

sitophalādicūrṇa

ayurvedic medicine used in upper respiratory tract diseases like commoncold.

śiva

favourable, gracious, friendly.

snāyuka

dracunculiasis; Dracunculus medinensis, a parasitical worm eruption on the skin of the extremities.

sphuṭana

bursting, opening, expanding; cracking of the joints.

sphutitam

fissured fracture of bone.

sūcīmukhi

needle-like or narrow opening of genital tract in women.

surakṣāra

saltpeter; raw material to extract potassium nitrate, an explosive substance.

sūryanamaskāra

sun salutation, two sets of twelve yogic postures practiced in serie

sūtikāroga

puerperal fever; Puerperal fever is also known as childbed fever; it is a bacterial sūtikāroga puerperal fever; Puerperal fever is also known as childbed fever; it is a bacterial infection contracted by women during childbirth or miscarriage.

tārkṣya

emerald; a gemstone with a variety of the mineral beryl colored green by trace amounts of chromium and sometimes vanadium.

timira

1. darkness of eyes; 2. myopia; 3. early cataract. 4. Plant Egyptian grass or crowfoot grass, Dactyloctenium aegyptium.

udumbara

Plant cluster fig tree, Ficus racemosa, F. glomerata, F. hispida.

upadhā

a character of mind, thirst, desire, imposition, forgery, fraud.

upayogasamstha

instructions to use or practice a technique; user manual.

upodika

near to water; herb Basella rubra, Malabar spinach; Spinacia oleracea.

uras

thoracic area, chest.

utkledi

substance the attracts moisture.

utpliṣṭam

fracture-dislocation of joint/bone.

vaidyajīvanam

Doctor’s Livelihood; a handbook for practitioners authored by Lolambarāja (16th Century ) belonging to Maharashtra region.

vakram

greenstick fracture of bone; bone is bent due to fracture on one side.

vakṣa

thorax, vakṣasthala thoracic region.

vakṣauparodha

stiffness of thoracic cavity.

vijñana

knowledge, practical knowledge.

vinamana

bending; deformation of the thoracic region.

vipādika

1. scaly lesions on palms and soles, cracking of feet, 2. sour tumour on the foot, 3. one of the vāta diseases.

viśāla

Plant 1. Trichosanthes bracteata; 2. red variety of indravāruṇi.

visvāci

all-bent, brachial neuralgia.

yavākṣāra

(yava.kṣāra) alkali extraced from burnt barley, corbonate of potash, used in urinary problems.

yavāni

Plant bishop’s weed, dried fruit of Trachyspermum ammi syn. Carum copticum, Ptychotis ajowan.

yavāniṣāḍava

medicine in powdered form made from Trachyspermum ammi and others, used in the diseases of digestive system.

yogamūṣa

a crucible used for extraction of mercury.

yonisaṃvaraṇa

contraction of vagina.

yoṣāpasmāra

(yoṣa.apasmāra) hysteria; A mental disorder characterized by emotional excitability and sometimes by amnesia or a physical deficit, such as paralysis, or a sensory deficit, without an organic cause.

Wordnet Search
"rac" has 212 results.

rac

apracalita, avyavahṛta, aprayukta   

yaḥ pracalitaḥ nāsti।

apracalitā veśabhūṣā kiṃmarthaṃ karoṣi।

rac

gopanīyatā, guptatā, guhyatā, gopyatā, guptiḥ, gopanam, gūḍhatā, pracchannatā, rahasyatā, saṃvṛtiḥ, saṃvṛtatā, guptabhāvaḥ   

gopanīyā avasthā gopanīyaḥ bhāvo vā।

asya rahasyasya gopanīyatā sandhāraṇīyā।

rac

lipī, libī, lipiḥ, likhitam, akṣarasaṃsthānam, libiḥ, likhanam, lekhanam, akṣaravinyāsaḥ, akṣararacanā   

likhitavarṇam।

hindī iti bhāṣā devanāgarī iti lipyāṃ likhyate।

rac

bhrūṇīya-kośikā, racanātmaka-kośikā   

sā kośikā yā bhrūṇe prāpyate।

saḥ sūkṣmadarśyā bhrūṇīya-kośikāyāḥ adhyayanaṃ karoti।

rac

ciñcā, amlaphalaḥ, amlavṛkṣaḥ, āmlikā, āmlīkā, gurupattrā, caṇḍacukrā, caritrā, ciñciṇī, cukracaṇḍikā, tintiḍikā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ asya pakvaphalasya guṇāḥ dīpanatva-rucikāritva-bheditvādayaḥ।

śyāmasya prāṅgaṇe ciñcāyāḥ vṛkṣam asti।

rac

ātmakathā, ātmakathana, ātmavṛttāntaracanam, ātmacaritraracanam   

ātmaviṣayakaḥ ātmanā kathitaḥ vṛttāntaḥ।

mahātmanaḥ ātmakathāṃ śrutvā tasya śiṣyāḥ prabhāvitāḥ jātāḥ।

rac

gopracaraṇakaraḥ   

gopracaraṇasya sthānasya mūlyam।

gopracaraṇakaraṃ datvā gopracaraṇaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

rac

pracchadapaṭaḥ, pracchadavastram, uttarapracchadaḥ, uttarachadaḥ   

talpasya ācchādanam।

tena aṭṭāt pracchadapaṭaḥ krītaḥ।

rac

yavanikā, javanikā, apaṭī, tiraskaraṇī, vyavadhānam, āvaraṇam, tirodhānam, āvaraṇapaṭaḥ, pracchadapaṭaḥ, nīśāraḥ   

dvārādiṣu vātādīnāṃ saṃvāraṇārthe avalagnaṃ vastram।

tasya dvāre jīrṇā yavanikā asti।

rac

chādanam, ācchādanam, pracchādanam, pidhānam, apidhānam, paṭalam, prāvaraṇam, āvaraṇam, varaṇam, chadanam, puṭaḥ, apavāraṇam, veṣṭanam   

tad vastu yena anyat vastu ācchādyate।

chādanāt vastūnāṃ rakṣaṇaṃ bhavati।

rac

prāvaraṇam, ācchādakam, pracchadapaṭaḥ, kambalam   

tat vastraṃ yad ācchādanārthe upayujyate।

janāḥ śaityakāle prāvaraṇena saha śerate।

rac

mojekaracanā   

citrābhiḥ kācaśilākhaṇḍādibhiḥ nirmitā kalātmikā saṃracanā।

tejomahālayasya antasthāyāṃ bhīttikāyāṃ mojekaracanā dṛśyate।

rac

vyūḍha, saṃvyūḍha, vinyasta, vihita, prativihita, vyavasthāpita, saṃsthāpita, racita, viracita, kalpita, parikalpita, sṛṣṭa, ghaṭita, paripāṭīkṛta   

yasmin kāpi vyavasthā vā kopi niyamo vā asti।

tena kakṣe samyak viracitāni vastūni vikīrṇāni।

rac

indradhanuḥ, indracāpaḥ, śakradhanus, indrāyudham, devāyudham, śakraśarāsanam, meghadhanuḥ, suradhanuḥ, maṇidhanuḥ, vāyuphalam, dhanuṣyam, kauśikāyudham, parāmṛtam   

saptavarṇayuktam ardhavṛttaṃ yad varṣākāle ākāśe sūryasya prāṅdiśi dṛśyate।

indradhanuṣā varṣākālasya śobhā vardhate।

rac

pracchannayuddham   

kasyāpi saṅghaṭanasya svayaṃsevakaiḥ kṛtaṃ aghoṣitaṃ yuddham।

śivājīmahārājaḥ śatruṇā saha pracchannayuddham akarot।

rac

pūrṇenduḥ, sakalenduḥ, pūrṇimā, rākā, kaṭhoracandraḥ, akhaṇḍakalaḥ, pūrṇacandraḥ   

candrasya akhaṇḍarūpam।

pūrṇendoḥ jalasthaṃ pratibimbam atyantaṃ manohāri vartate।

rac

kaṇṭakita, kaṇṭakin, sakaṇṭaka, bahukaṇṭaka, pracurakaṇṭaka   

kaṇṭakaiḥ yuktaḥ।

bilvaḥ kaṇṭakitaḥ vṛkṣaḥ asti।

rac

ekāgratā, tanmayatā, nimagnatā, ananyacittatā, ekāgracittatā, līnatā, anurati, abhiniviṣṭatā, manoyogitā, avirati   

ekāgrasya bhāvaḥ।

divākaraḥ ekāgratayā svasya kāryaṃ karoti।

rac

nirmita, vinirmita, racita, viracita, sṛṣṭa, kṛta, sarjita, sṛjita, saṃracita, praṇīta, ghaṭita   

kṛtanirmāṇam।

saptadaśaśatāhabdyāṃ nirmitaḥ tejomahālayaḥ śahājānarājñaḥ upāyanam।

rac

cālita, calita, cārita, sañacārita, sārita, pracalita, prerita, praṇodita, praṇunna, pracodita   

yaḥ cālyate।

adhunā asya cālitasya yantrasya rodhanam āvaśyakam।

rac

arṇaḥ, śākaḥ, śākākhyaḥ, karacchadaḥ, kharapatraḥ, arjunopamaḥ, alīnaḥ, mahāpatraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya dāruḥ atīva dṛḍhaḥ vartate।

etad arṇasya āsandam asti।

rac

parṇin, patrin, parṇasa, dalasa, bahupatra, bahuparṇa, pracūraparṇa, sapatra, parṇamaya, parṇavat   

yasmin parṇāni santi।

āmrasya parṇinīṣu śākhāsu parṇāni lagnāni।

rac

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

rac

sandhānam, samavadhānam, sajjīkaraṇam, sajja, racanam, racanā, viracanam, viracanā, upākarma, sambhāra, sambhṛti   

kāryārambhāt prāk kṛtaṃ karma।

sīmāyāḥ vivāhasya sandhānaṃ kriyate।

rac

vyavahāracatura   

yaḥ vyavahāre kuśalaḥ।

vyavahāracaturāḥ sarvān prasādya svakāryabhāgaṃ sādhayanti।

rac

tārākīrṇa, tārākin, tārākita, tārāmaya, nakṣatramaya, nakṣatrākīrṇa, tārākīrṇa, nakṣatrīya, nakṣatramaya, nakṣatrākīrṇa, nakṣatravat, nakṣatravyāpta, bahunakṣatravyāpta, bahunakṣatra, pracuratāra   

yad nakṣatraiḥ vyāptam।

cintane lagnaḥ śyāmaḥ tārākīrṇam ākāśaṃ paśyati।

rac

uṣma, uṣṇa, tapta, caṇḍa, pracaṇḍa, ucaṇḍa, santapta, upatapta, tāpin, koṣṇa, soṣma, naidoṣa, aśiśira, aśīta, tigma, tīvra, tīkṣṇa, khara, grīṣma   

yasmin auṣmyam asti।

vasantād anantaraṃ vāyuḥ uṣmaṃ bhavati।

rac

samudāyaḥ, saṅghaḥ, samūhaḥ, saṅghātaḥ, samavāyaḥ, sañcayaḥ, gaṇaḥ, gulmaḥ, gucchaḥ, gucchakaḥ, gutsaḥ, stavakaḥ, oghaḥ, vṛndaḥ, nivahaḥ, vyūhaḥ, sandohaḥ, visaraḥ, vrajaḥ, stomaḥ, nikaraḥ, vātaḥ, vāraḥ, saṃghātaḥ, samudayaḥ, cayaḥ, saṃhatiḥ, vṛndam, nikurambam, kadambakam, pūgaḥ, sannayaḥ, skandhaḥ, nicayaḥ, jālam, agram, pacalam, kāṇḍam, maṇḍalam, cakram, vistaraḥ, utkāraḥ, samuccayaḥ, ākaraḥ, prakaraḥ, saṃghaḥ, pracayaḥ, jātam   

ekasmin sthāne sthāpitāni sthitāni vā naikāni vastūni।

asmin samudāye naikāḥ mahilāḥ santi।

rac

kāyikasaṃracanā   

śarīrasya jaṭilā saṃracanā।

tasya kāyikasaṃracanā atīva dṛḍhā asti।

rac

śāntacittatā, sthiramanaskatā, sthiracittatā, sthitaprajñatā, acapalatā   

cittasya sthirāvasthā bhāvo vā।

niścitaṃ kāryaṃ śāntacittatayā nirvahaṇīyam।

rac

aṅkitaḥ, likhitaḥ, lekhaḥ, patram, granthaḥ, grathitam, racanā, lipiḥ, libiḥ   

akṣaravinyāsaḥ।

adhunā aṅkitāḥ saṃskṛtagranthāḥ upalabdhāḥ santi।

rac

veṣṭ, saṃveṣṭ, pariveṣṭ, pracchad, saṃvṛ, saṃvye, parihṛ, gudh, upastṛ, abhidih, snai   

āvaraṇapūrvakaḥ vyāpāraḥ yasmin kim api vastu kena api veṣṭanena samāsajyate।

miṣṭānnasya kacchapuṭaṃ veṣṭaya।

rac

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

rac

pracura, vipula, prabhūta, prajya, bhūyiṣṭha   

atyantam adhikam।

muralīlāla mahodayasya pārśve pracuraṃ dhanam asti।

rac

channa, chādita, āchanna, ācchādita, pracchanna, pracchādita, paricchanna, samavachanna, samācchanna, āvṛta, prāvṛta, saṃvṛta, vṛta, pihita, avatata, ācita, nicita, āstīrṇa, āstṛta, guṇṭhita, ūrṇuta, saṃvīta, veṣṭita, pinaddha, rūṣita, apavārita   

kṛtācchādanam।

bālakaḥ meghaiḥ ācchāditam ākāśaṃ paśyati।

rac

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

rac

anirmita, akṛta, aracita   

yad na nirmitam।

kānicana mānavena anirmitāni vastūni kathyatām।

rac

gupta, ajñāta, pracchanna, ācchanna, gūḍha, pihita   

yad na jñātam।

tena asmin viṣaye guptā vārtā kathitā।

rac

alaṅkṛ, rac, rūṣ, śubh, ātaṃs, taṃs, svan, avataṃs   

maṇḍanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ yasmin kim api abhinavaiḥ vastubhiḥ suśubhyate।

navoḍhā snuṣā gṛham alaṅkaroti sma।

rac

prācuryam, pracuratā, vipulatā, bāhulyam, atyadhikatā, atiśayatā, ādhikyam   

adhikasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

śarīre śarkarāyāḥ prācuryāt madhumehaḥ udbhavati।

rac

praśānta, śānta, sthiracitta, sthira, upaśānta, dhīraśānta, sūrata, viprasanna, śāntimat   

yasya citta sthiram asti।

praśāntaḥ vyaktiḥ vipattibhyaḥ na bibheti।

rac

āmracūrṇam   

nistvacīkṛtasya apakvasya āmrasya śuṣkīkṛtaṃ cūrṇam।

khādyapadārthasya adhikāyāḥ rucyāḥ kṛte āmracūrṇam upayujyate।

rac

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

rac

jhañjhāvātaḥ, jhaññānīlaḥ, jhañjhā, nirghātaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, vātarūṣaḥ, vāyugulmaḥ, vāyuvegaḥ, vātyā, prabalavāyuḥ, pracaṇḍavāyuḥ, caṇḍavātaḥ, tīvravātaḥ, pavanāghātaḥ, javānilaḥ   

prāvṛṣijavāyuḥ।

jhañjhāvāte gṛhasya chādaḥ bhagnaḥ।

rac

āsyūtapracchadapaṭaḥ   

pracchadapaṭaprakāraḥ yaḥ vastrasya dvau prāntau āsyūtau nirmīyate।

śaityāt rakṣituṃ tena āsyūtapracchadapaṭaḥ ācchāditaḥ।

rac

paryāptam, yatheṣṭam, yatheṣṭaḥ, yatheṣṭā, pracuraḥ, pracurā, pracuram, vipulaḥ, vipulam, vipulā   

yāvad vāñcchitaṃ tāvad athavā kvacid vāñcchitād adhikam api।

śatānāṃ kṛte paryāptaṃ bhojanaṃ pacatu। / bhoḥ, yatheṣṭaṃ bhuktaṃ mayā adhunā kaṇamātram api bhakṣitum asamarthaḥ aham।

rac

vātyā, ativātaḥ, caṇḍavātaḥ, pracaṇḍavātaḥ, jhañjhāvātaḥ, jhañjhānilaḥ, javānilaḥ, vātarūṣaḥ, vātyāvegaḥ, pavanāghātaḥ, vātūlaḥ   

sadhūlajhañjhādhvaniyuktaḥ prāvṛṣijavāyuḥ।

jhañjhāvātena aparimitaḥ nāśaḥ jātaḥ।

rac

nakhaḥ, kararuhaḥ, karajaḥ, pāṇijaḥ, nakharaḥ, kāmāṅkuśaḥ, aṅgulisambhūtaḥ, punarnavaḥ, karāgrajaḥ, karakaṇṭakaḥ, smarāṅkuśaḥ, ratirathaḥ, karacandraḥ, karāṅkuśaḥ   

prāṇināṃ hastasya athavā pādasya aṅguliṣu punaḥ punaḥ ruhyamāṇaḥ tīkṣṇaśikhaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

nakhaiḥ bhūmiḥ na vilikhyeta। / nakhānāṃ pāṇḍityaṃ prakaṭayatu kasminmṛgapati।

rac

karkaḥ, kulīraḥ, karkaṭaḥ, karkaṭakaḥ, tiryyagyānaḥ, vahiścaraḥ, jalavilvaḥ, apatyaśatruḥ, bahukaḥ, ṣoḍaśāṅghriḥ, mṛtyusūtiḥ, paṅkavāsaḥ, kuracillaḥ   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ tiryaggāmī jalanivāsī jantuḥ।

ekasmin jalāśaye karkaḥ vasati sma।

rac

kṛt, chid, nikṛt, niṣkṛt, parikṛt, vikṛt, vinikṛt, paricchid, saṃchid, paricchid, lū, vraśc, cho, viccho, do, vido, dā, vidā, chuṭ, chur, takṣ, vitakṣ, parivas, parivraśc, paryavacchid, paryavado, pracchid, pralū, pravraśc, vas, vibhaj, vimath, vihṛ, vyapahṛ, samucchid, samutkṛt, samuparuj, sampracchid   

tīkṣṇaiḥ sādhanaiḥ kartanapūrvakaḥ vibhajanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ kṣupān kartayati।

rac

śvā, kukkuraḥ, kukuraḥ, śunakaḥ, bhaṣakaḥ, mṛgadaśakaḥ, vakrapucchaḥ, vakrabāladhiḥ, lalajivhaḥ, jihvāliṭ, vṛkāriḥ, grāmasiṃhaḥ, śīghracetanaḥ, rātrījāgaraḥ, kṛtajñaḥ, sārameyaḥ, vāntādaḥ, śaratkāmī, śavakāmyaḥ, kauleyakaḥ   

grāmyapaśuḥ vṛkajātīyaḥ paśuḥ।

kukkurasya bhaṣaṇāt na suptaḥ aham।

rac

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

rac

śukaḥ, kīraḥ, vakracañcuḥ, vakratuṇḍaḥ, raktatuṇḍaḥ, cimiḥ, ciriḥ, raktapādaḥ, kumāraḥ, kiṅkirātaḥ, phalāśanaḥ, phalādanaḥ, dāḍimapriyaḥ, medhāvī, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ haritavarṇīyaḥ khagaḥ manuṣyavācaḥ anukaraṇaṃ karoti tathā ca naikeṣu gṛheṣu dṛśyate।

pañjare śukaḥ rāma rāma iti vadati।

rac

udvignatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, asthiracittatā   

asthiracittasya bhāvaḥ।

udvignatayā ahaṃ samyak nirṇayaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ।

rac

naukāṃ vah, naukāṃ preraya, naukāṃ saṃcālaya, naukāṃ pracodaya, naukāṃ praṇodaya   

naudaṇḍakaraṇakaḥ naukākarmakaḥ jalādhikaraṇakaḥ taraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nāvikaḥ naudaṇḍena naukāṃ vahati।

rac

uttejaya, prakopaya, saṃkṣobhaya, uttāpaya, saṃtāpaya, uddīpaya, udyojaya, utthāpaya, protsahaya, pracodaya, vardhaya, pravartaya, saṃdhukṣaya, sandhukṣaya   

saṃvegānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ rāmasya kathanaṃ śrutvā auttejayat।

rac

saraṭaḥ, saraṭuḥ, bahurūpaḥ, virūpī, trivarṇakṛt, śaraṇḍaḥ, peluvāsaḥ, pracalākaḥ, priyakaḥ, kīlālī, kṛkalāsaḥ, kṛkavākuḥ, krakacapad, jāhakaḥ, suduṣprabhaḥ   

godhikājātīyaḥ ekaḥ sarīsṛpaḥ yaḥ sūryakiraṇānāṃ sāhāyyena śarīrasya varṇaṃ parivartayituṃ kṣamaḥ asti।

saraṭaḥ kīṭān bhakṣayitvā kṣudhāṃ śāmyati।

rac

sūtracakraḥ, tantuvāyacakram, tāntavacakram, tantuvāpacakram   

tantuvayanārthe upayujyamānaṃ sacakraṃ yantram।

khādī iti vastraprakāraḥ sūtracakre sūtraṃ vayitvā vinirmitaḥ।

rac

pracalita, ruḍha   

yaḥ pracalati।

eṣā rītiḥ samāje adyapi pracalitā vartate।

rac

pallavaḥ, pallavam, pracchadapaṭaḥ   

strībhiḥ dhāryamāṇaṃ vastram।

tasyāḥ raktaḥ pallavaḥ vāyunā vidhunoti।

rac

guh, niguh, viniguh, chad, ācchad, samācchad, pracchad, praticchad, sañcchad, gup, sthag, apavṛ, saṃvṛ, nihnu, gopanaṃ kṛ   

anyaiḥ na jñāyeta anyeṣāṃ dṛṣṭipathaṃ na āgacchet vā iti hetupurassaraḥ gopanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tvam idaṃ kimartham agūhīt।

rac

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

rac

guptiḥ, nihnutiḥ, gūḍhatā, saṃguptiḥ, hnutiḥ, antardhiḥ, apahāraḥ, apahnavaḥ, tiraskāraḥ, nihnavaḥ, apavāraṇam, pracchādanam, saṃvaraṇam   

kasmāt kāpi vārtādayāḥ gopanasya kriyā।

svakīyāt janāt kathaṃ guptiḥ।

rac

pracch, āpracch   

jijñāsāpūrvakaḥ pṛcchanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

sā māṃ bhavatyāḥ kuśalam apṛcchat।

rac

varuṇaḥ, pracetāḥ, pāśī, yādasāṃpatiḥ, appatiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāṃpatiḥ, jambukaḥ, meghanādaḥ, jaleśvaraḥ, parañjayaḥ, daityadevaḥ, jīvanāvāsaḥ, nandapālaḥ, vārilomaḥ, kuṇḍalī, rāmaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, kaviḥ, keśaḥ   

ekā vaidikī devatā yā jalasya adhipatiḥ asti iti manyate।

vedeṣu varuṇasya pūjanasya vidhānam asti।

rac

pravṛt, pracal   

parasparasāhacaryeṇa vyavahārānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

idānīṃ tau samyak pravartataḥ।

rac

liṅgāgracarmaparicchedanam   

keṣucana dharmeṣu kṛtam liṅgasya agracarmaṇaḥ paricchedanam।

adya ikabālasya liṅgāgracarmaparicchedanam asti।

rac

pat, prapat, avapat, bhṛś, nipat, cyu, avagal, pracyu, avārch, avapad, abhivlī, sraṃs, skand   

viśiṣya dravapadārthasya uccaiḥ sthānāt adhodeśasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

samudre nadīnāṃ jalaṃ patati।

rac

śastravaidyaḥ, astracikitsakaḥ, śālākī   

kāyaśalyādibhiṣak।

śastravaidyaḥ gaṇḍaṃ chiditvā pūyaṃ nirharati।

rac

āhvāyaya, hvāyaya, pratyādeśaya, samāhvayaya, ākāraya, ānāyaya, āvāhaya, upāhvāyaya, nimantraya, āmantraya, abhimantraya, abhipreṣaya, upapreṣaya, upamantraya, pracodaya, prajñāpaya, abhiyojaya   

āvāhanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adhyāpikā rājīvena mām āhvāyayati।

rac

rac, virac, vidhā, saṃvidhā, krameṇa sthāpaya, yathākramaṃ sthāpaya, granth   

vastūnāṃ sakramaṃ yathāpaddhati vā racanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āpaṇikaḥ vastūni samyak racayati।

rac

indravallī, viśālā, aindrī, citrā, gavākṣī, gajacirbhaṭā, mṛgervāruḥ, piṭaṅkīkī, mṛgādanī, indrā, aruṇā, gavādanī, kṣudrasahā, indracirbhiṭī, sūryā, viṣaghnī, gaṇakarṇikā, amarā, mamātā, sukarṇī, suphalā, tārakā, vṛṣabhākṣī, pītapuṣpā, indravallarī, hemapuṣpī, kṣudraphalā, vāruṇī, bālakapriyā, raktairvāruḥ, viṣalatā, śakravallī, viṣāpahā, amṛtā, viṣavallī, citraphalā, gavākṣaḥ   

ekā vanyā latā yasyāḥ phalāni raktavarṇīyāni santi।

indravalyaḥ phalaṃ tiktam asti।

rac

darśaya, īkṣaya, vīkṣaya, saṃvīkṣaya, avalokaya, ālokaya, lokaya, prasamīkṣaya, paridarśaya, abhikhyāpaya, abhipracakṣaya, abhiprekṣaya, cakṣaya, locaya   

cākṣuṣajñānabhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ākāśe tārakāḥ dṛśyante।

rac

dṛś, īkṣ, vīkṣ, saṃvīkṣ, avalokaya, ālokaya, lokaya, prasamīkṣ, paridṛś, abhikhyā, abhipracakṣ, abhiprekṣ, cakṣ, lok, loc   

cakṣuṣā vastunaḥ varṇākṛtigrahaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ citram apaśyat।

rac

netracchadaḥ, netrapaṭaḥ, āḍambaraḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, netre chādyate anena iti।

netrarakṣaṇārthe netracchadaḥ।

rac

vajracūrṇam, aśmacūrṇam   

rāsāyanikyā paddhatyā kṛtaḥ mṛtsadṛśaḥ padārthaḥ yaḥ bhavananirmāṇe upayujyate।

vajracūrṇaṃ rāsāyanikyā paddhatyā aśmanaḥ cūrṇaṃ kṛtvā nirmīyate।

rac

pracalanam   

sā avasthā yasyāṃ kiñcit vastu sātatyena vyavahāre bhavati।

idānīṃtane kāle nagareṣu pāścātyānāṃ vastrāṇāṃ pracalanaṃ vardhate।

rac

ci, vici, saṃci, sañci, ucci, samucci, upaci, apaci, avaci, samānī, saṃgrah, saṅgrah, samāhṛ, samādā, saṃbhṛ, sambhṛ, samākṣip, saṃnidhā, samupādā, piṇḍīkṛ, rāśīkṛ, ekatrīkṛ, parigrah, upasaṃhṛ, praci, samākṛ, samāvah, abhisamas, samūh, samīj, nici   

vikīrṇasya vastunaḥ ekatra sthāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ vikīrṇān dhānyakaṇān cinoti।

rac

vyāpṛ, āpṛ, ghaṭ, pracar, car, ceṣṭ, pravṛt, sañj, prasañj, saṃvṛt, bhū, vṛt, sthā   

kāryaniratānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

aham asmin praśne vyāpriye।

rac

klṛp, nirmā, sṛj, vidhā, ghaṭaya, racaya, viracaya   

prāk ajñātasya vastunaḥ āviṣkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

eḍīsanamahodayaḥ vidyutaṃ caklṛpe। / idānīṃ vaijñānikāḥ nityaṃ nūtanāni yantrāṇi nirmānti।

rac

utpādaya, vinirmā, sṛj, vidhā, kalpaya, ghaṭaya, viracaya, racaya   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ nirmāṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nadyāṃ setuṃ vinirmīya vidyut utpādyate।

rac

rac, virac   

pratibhayā nūtanasya kāvyasya racanālukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

aham adya nūtanaṃ kāvyam arīracat।

rac

vṛddhiḥ, sphītiḥ, samṛddhiḥ, upacayaḥ, pracayaḥ, āpyāyanam, bṛṃhaṇam, unnatiḥ, vistāraḥ, ādhikyam, samunnatiḥ, ṛddhiḥ, paribarhaṇā, parivṛddhatā, vardhaḥ, ucchrayaḥ, abhyudayaḥ, abhivṛddhiḥ   

vardhanasya kriyā।

asmin varṣe udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ vikrayaṇe vṛddhiḥ jātā।

rac

aṭ, paryaṭ, car, parivraj, vraj, vicar, hiṇḍ, anvāhiṇḍ, upāhiṇḍ, pracar, prayā, viparivṛt, vipratipad, saṃkram, saṅkram, saṃyā, pratipad, dram   

prayojanam uddiśya itastataḥ gamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

udyogam anveṣṭuṃ śyāmaḥ aṭati।

rac

vidhū, cālaya, pracālaya   

vāyupātasya kṛte vījanādīnāṃ pracālanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

atīva auṣṇyena saḥ vāraṃ vāraṃ vījanaṃ vidhūnoti।

rac

kukkuṭaḥ, caraṇāyudhaḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, svarṇacūḍaḥ, tāmracūḍaḥ, tāmraśikhī, śikhī, śikhaṇḍī, śikhaṇḍikaḥ, kṛkavākuḥ, kalavikaḥ, kālajñaḥ, uṣākaraḥ, niśāvedī, rātrivedī, yāmaghoṣaḥ, rasāsvanaḥ, suparṇaḥ, pūrṇakaḥ, niyoddhā, viṣkiraḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, vṛtākṣaḥ, kāhalaḥ, dakṣaḥ, yāmanādī, kāhalaḥ   

narakukkuṭī।

prātaḥ kukkuṭasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā ahaṃ jāgṛtaḥ।

rac

mayūraḥ, kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ śobhanaḥ khagaḥ yasya pucchaṃ dīrgham asti।

mayūraḥ bhāratasya rāṣṭriyaḥ khagaḥ asti।

rac

granthakāraḥ, granthakartā, racakaḥ   

yaḥ kathādīn viracayati।

munśī premacanda mahodayaḥ prasiddhaḥ granthakāraḥ asti।

rac

saṃsthāpanam, sthāpanā, siddhiḥ, pratiṣṭhāpanam, nirmāṇam, vidhānam, racanā, ghaṭanā, ghaṭanam, sthirīkaraṇam   

saṃsthādīnāṃ samyak sthāpanam।

āṅglaśāsakebhyaḥ bhāratadeśam unmoktuṃ naikeṣāṃ krāntikārīsaṃsthānāṃ saṃsthāpanam abhavat।

rac

vyākhyā, sampracakṣ, vyākṛ   

kasyacana viṣayasya savistaraṃ vivaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ācāryaḥ kabīrasya kāvyaṃ vyākhyāti।

rac

pracchannadīpaḥ, gūḍhadīpaḥ, āvṛttadīpikā, kośasthadīpaḥ, ākāśadīpaḥ, ākāśapradīpaḥ   

upakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ dīpaḥ yasyopari kācabhājanaṃ asti tathā ca yasya nimnabhāge tailapātram asti।

rāmaḥ dīpam avajyotya adhyayanārthe samupaviṣṭaḥ।

rac

ananyacitta, ananyamanaska, ekāgracitta   

ekasmin kārye eva cittasya ekāgratā।

ananyacittaḥ saḥ kāryaṃ karoti।

rac

uttarapracchadaḥ   

ācchādanaviśeṣaḥ।

śītakāle uttarapracchadaḥ atīva upayuktaḥ asti।

rac

dharmapracārakaḥ   

dharmasya pracāraṃ yaḥ karoti।

kaliṅgayuddhānantaraṃ samrāṭ aśokaḥ dharmapracārakaḥ abhavat।

rac

peṣaya, āpīḍaya, kṣodaya, khaṇḍaya, cūrṇaya, pracūrṇaya, gharṣaya, niṣpeṣaya, āsphoṭaya, avamardaya, ādāraya, ādāyaya, kuṭṭaya   

cūrṇīkaraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pratiravivāsare sureśaḥ godhūmān peṣayati।

rac

sṛjanātmaka, racanātmaka   

tādṛśaṃ kāryaṃ yasmāt nūtanā nirmitiḥ bhavati।

sṛjanātmakaṃ kāryaṃ kartuṃ bālakān protsāhayeyuḥ।

rac

tulikā, tulā, tulī, tūlapaṭī, uttarapracchadaḥ, uttarachadaḥ, āstaraḥ, saṃstaraḥ, starimā   

tulādīn niveśayitvā nirmitaḥ pracchadaḥ।

śaityanivāraṇārthe janāḥ tulikām ācchādya svapanti।

rac

prāvarakam, pracchādanam   

antarīyasadṛśaṃ laghuvastraṃ yat kaṭyāṃ dhārayati।

prāvarakaṃ sukhadāyakaṃ vastraṃ asti।

rac

lekhikā, granthakartrī, racayitrī   

sā strī yā kathālekhādīn likhati।

mahādevīvarmāmahodayā ekā prasiddhā lekhikā asti।

rac

chedanam, kartanam, vicchedaḥ, ācchedaḥ, chedaḥ, pracchedaḥ, kalpanam   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ dvaidhīkaraṇam।

idānīṃ dhānyasya chedanaṃ pracalati।

rac

gumph, vaṭaya, granthaya, viracaya, racaya, dṛbh   

sūtre tantau vā sūtraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mālatī citrapuṣpāṇāṃ mālāṃ gumphati।

rac

pūrvāparam, niścapracam   

purataḥ pṛṣṭhataśca।

ciraṃ saḥ mantriṇā saha bhāṣituṃ pūrvāparaṃ calati।

rac

saṃracanā   

aṅgopāṅgaiḥ sahitā racanā।

manuṣyasya āntarikī śārīrikī saṃracanā jaṭilā asti।

rac

indravāruṇī, viśālā, aindrī, citrā, gavākṣī, gajacirbhacā, mṛgervāru, piṭaṅgikī, mṛgādanī, indrā, aruṇā, gavādanī, kṣudrasahā, indracarbhiṭī, sūryā, viṣaghnī, gaṇakarṇikā, amarā, mātā, sukarṇī, suphalā, tārakā, vṛṣabhākṣī, potapuṣpā, indravallarī, hemapuṣpī, kṣudraphalā, vāruṇī, bālakapriyā, raktairvāruḥ, viṣalatā, śakravallī, viṣāpahā, amṛtā, viṣavallī, citraphalā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ bheṣajayuktaḥ dīrghajīvī asti tathā ca yasya parṇāni tāmbulasya parṇasadṛśāni santi।

indravāruṇeḥ puṣpāṇi pītavarṇīyāni santi tathā ca samūharūpeṇa santi।

rac

hā, vihā, viyujya, apaci, cyu, pracyu, upadas, virādh   

nāśānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

dhanasya lipsāyāḥ kāraṇāt saḥ prāṇān ajihīta।

rac

bhavacakram, saṃsāracakram   

saṃsāre vartamānāḥ kleśādayaḥ।

bhavacakrāt ātmānaṃ vimucya saḥ saṃnyastaḥ jātaḥ।

rac

niram, ram, ghaṭ, vyāpṛ, car, ceṣṭ, trand, pṛ, pracar, viṣ, vyavahṛ   

ataṃdritaṃ kāryasamākulānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

racanā ādinaṃ miṣṭānnaṃ paktuṃ nyaramat।

rac

āhve, hve, pratyādiś, samāhve, ākāraya, ānāyaya, āvāhaya, upāhve, nimantraya, āmantraya, abhimantraya, abhipreṣ, upapreṣ, upamantraya, pracodaya, prajñā, abhiyuj   

samīpam āgantum anyeṣāṃ codanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāmahī pitāmahaṃ saṅketena āhvayati।

rac

vyadh, prakamp, pracal, vical   

jalasya talāt utthāya prapatanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

samudrasya jalaṃ nityaṃ vyadhate।

rac

racanā, ghaṭanam, ghaṭanā   

nirmāṇasya rītiḥ।

tasya śarīrasya racanā avyaṅgā asti।

rac

vyadh, chid, āvyadh, anuvyadh, nirbhid, avabhid, prabhid, nirbhad, pratibhid, vibhid, vinirbhid, nirvyadh, nivyadh, parivyadh, pratud, nistud, pariṇud, tṛd, ātṛd, atitṛd, ativyadh, nikṣ, anunikṣ, udṛṣ, upatṛd, upārṣ, nitud, nitṛd, paritṛd, pracchid, vitud, vitṛd, vinikṣ, vivyadh, vyṛṣ, śvabhr, saṃkṛt, saṃchid, sañchid, sambhid   

tigmena astreṇa kasyacana vastunaḥ chidranirmāṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

takṣakaḥ utpīṭhikāṃ nirmātuṃ kānicana kāṣṭhāni avidhyat।

rac

racanā, kṛtiḥ, nirmitiḥ   

citragranthabhavanādīnāṃ nirmāṇam।

viśvasmin sarvottamāsu racanāsu ekaḥ tejomahālayaḥ asti।

rac

pravṛt, pracal   

kriyāvyāpārasya akhaṇḍatānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

grāme adhunā rāmāyaṇasya pāṭhaḥ pravartate।

rac

pracar, ceṣṭ, viṣ, upaviṣ, prayat   

kāryopayogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mama daśabhyaḥ varṣebhyaḥ prāk krītaṃ kārayānam adhunāpi pracarati।

rac

pracal   

kasyacana vastunaḥ vyavahāre pravartanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tughalakasya samaye tasya nāmnā cihnitāni nāṇakāni vyavahāre pracalanti sma।

rac

pracālaya   

vidhūnanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pradhānācāryaḥ dhvajaṃ pracālayati।

rac

udgrath, śithilīkṛ, śithilaya, pramuc, unmuc, nirbhid, mokṣaya, vibhid, vidā, anuśrath, ucchrath, ucchvas, niścṛt, pracṛt, vicṛt, viśrath, viśrambhaya, visraṃsaya, śrath, śranth   

bandhanāt vā grantheḥ vā śithilīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pādatrāṇasya granthiṃ udgrathnātu।

rac

pracaṇḍa   

atitīvraḥ।

hyastanīyaḥ pracaṇḍaḥ vātaḥ hṛdayam ākulayati।

rac

guh, gup, gopāya, pracchādaya, aṃtardhā, tirodhā, sthagaya, apavāraya   

cākṣuṣaviṣayābhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sūryaḥ megheṣu gūhati।

rac

savinayam, namratayā, namram, nirabhimānam, anuddhataṃ, namracetasā, śirasā, prādhvaḥ   

vinayena saha।

śīlā vivāhasya prastāvaṃ savinayaṃ svīkṛtavatī।

rac

pat, prapat, avapat, bhṛś, nipat, cyu, avagal, pracyu, avārch, avapad, abhivlī, sraṃs, skand   

uccaiḥ sthānāt adhodeśasaṃyogānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

saḥ aśvāt patati।

rac

kutrāpi, kutracit, kutracid, kutra api, kūcid, kva   

kasmin api sthāne।

atra tatra kutrāpi saḥ na dṛśyate।

rac

kathaya, brū, vac, vad, varṇaya, ācakṣ, cakṣ, śaṃs, ākhyā, khyā, śrāvaya, nigad, gad, parigad, nivedaya, vyāhṛ, udāhṛ, hṛ, abhidhā, nirūpaya, abhivac, āśaṃs, āśrāvaya, upavarṇaya, nibodhaya, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravac, nirvac, pravad, bhāṣ, pracakṣ, prajalp, pratipravac, vicakṣ   

vākyaprabandhena anyeṣāṃ jñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ ātmavṛttāntaṃ kathayati।

rac

vyapadiś, abhidhā, vyākhyā, nirdiś, abhivad, ācakṣ, paricakṣ, upadiś, ābhāṣ, parikathaya, paripaṭh, prakīrtaya, pracakṣ, pratibhāṣ, prabrū, prabhāṣ, pravad, pravicakṣ, bhāṣ   

janeṣu viśiṣṭena nāmnā khyātānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

janāḥ gāndhīmahodayaṃ bāpū iti nāmnā vyapadiśanti।

rac

pracārakaḥ   

kasyāpi kāryasya vastvādīnāṃ vā yaḥ pracāraṃ karoti।

kaiścit asāmājikaiḥ tatvaiḥ viśiṣṭena dalena sambaddheṣu pracārakeṣu ākramaṇaṃ kṛtam।

rac

pracāraka, pracārin   

yaḥ pracāraṃ karoti।

ekaḥ pracārakaḥ netā grāmeṣu aṭitvā svasya dalasya pracāraṃ karoti।

rac

praśam, nivartaya, apanī, pracchid, upacchid   

tṛṣṇābubhukṣādīnāṃ pānāśanaiḥ tṛptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

jalapānena tṛṣṇā prāśāmyat।

rac

pracārakaḥ   

sammīlya kasyacana siddhāntasya matasya vā prasāraṃ yaḥ karoti।

nirvācanāte pūrvaṃ pracārakāḥ grāme grāme gacchanti।

rac

pravṛddha, parivṛddha, samupārūḍa, vardhita, abhivṛddha, abhyuccita, āpī, āpyāna, āpyāyita, ucchrita, udagra, udita, udīrita, udīrṇa, udbhūta, udrikta, unnaddha, unnamita, upasṛṣṭa, ṛddha, edhita, jṛmbhita, paribṛṃhita, paripuṣṭa, parivardhita, pyāyita, bahulīkṛta, bahulita, bṛṃhita, pracurīkṛta, prathita, rūḍha, vejita, vivardhita, vivṛddha, śūna, sādhika, sahaskṛta, samārūḍha, samedhita, sampraviddha, saṃrabdha, samuddhata, samukṣita, samunnīta, saṃvṛddha, sāndrīkṛta, sātirikta, sphītīkṛta, ucchūna   

yaḥ avardhata।

pravṛddhena mūlyena janāḥ pīḍitāḥ।

rac

maṇipuracakra   

yoge mānavaśarīrasya ṣaṣṭhaḥ cakraḥ;

maṇipuracakraḥ nābhipradeśe asti

rac

dānaśīlaḥ, udāraḥ, dānavīraḥ, dānarataḥ, udāttaḥ, dānaśauḍaḥ, bahupradaḥ, udāradhīcetāḥ, mahāmanāḥ, udāracaritaḥ, subhojāḥ, mahānubhāvaḥ, mahātyāgī   

yaḥ dānāya na vilambate।

karṇaḥ mahān dānaśīlaḥ āsīt।

rac

pāpracchya, pāpracch, anuyoyujya, anuyoyuj   

vṛttaṃ vā viṣayaviśeṣaṃ vā jñātuṃ punaḥ punaḥ pṛcchanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

nyāyālaye vidhijñaḥ sākṣiṇam apāpracchyata।

rac

jālamārgeṇa dṛś, jālamārgeṇa vīkṣ, pracchannam īkṣ, sūkṣmaṃ nirūpaya   

pracchannaṃ cākṣuṣajñānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

navoḍhā jālamārgeṇa paśyati।

rac

praccha, paripracch, anuyuj   

kasyacana vastunaḥ viṣaye sūcanāprāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pṛcchatu tāvat relayānaṃ samaye pratiṣṭhate na vā।

rac

pracārita   

yasya pracāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

netṛbhiḥ pracāritāni vacanāni na hi satyāni bhavanti।

rac

tāmracūḍaḥ   

kṣupāṇām ekaḥ prakāraḥ yasya parṇāni dīrghāṇi bhavanti।

tāmracūḍasya gandhaḥ tīvraḥ vartate।

rac

pracchedāmram   

pracchedasya sahāyyena vardhitāt vṛkṣāt prāptaṃ āmram।

saḥ upavane pracchedāmram avacinoti।

rac

auśīracālakaḥ   

saḥ sevakaḥ yaḥ auśīraṃ cālayati।

auśīracālakaḥ bhagavataḥ mūrtiṃ auśīraṃ cālayati।

rac

racaya, viracaya, upanibandh, grath, granth, kav, kṛ   

svapratibhayā kāvyanirmāṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ nūtanaṃ kāvyaṃ racayati।

rac

atyācārī, anācārī, ātatāyī, pīḍakaḥ, niṣṭharaḥ, krūracaritaḥ   

yaḥ pīḍayati।

atyācārī daṇḍitavyaḥ।

rac

racanam, saṃniveśaḥ, kṛtiḥ   

racanāyāḥ kāryam।

dvicakravāhanasya racane ekā horā vyayībhūtā।

rac

racanavṛttiḥ   

racanasya vetanam।

saḥ dvicakravāhanasya racanavṛttiḥ śatarupyakāṇi icchati।

rac

khuracihnam   

khurasya cihnam।

khuracihnaṃ dṛṣṭvā jñātaṃ mayā yat kṣetre paśavaḥ praviṣṭāḥ।

rac

vyavasthā, viracanā, anukramaḥ   

vastunaḥ yathāsthānaṃ racanāyāḥ kriyā।

kakṣasya vyavasthāṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve prasannāḥ jātāḥ।

rac

vipracittiḥ   

ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ।

rāhuḥ vipracitteḥ putraḥ āsīt।

rac

gavākṣajālam, jālakam, jālam, pracchannam   

tad dvāram athavā vātāyanaṃ yasmin lohasya daṇḍāḥ santi।

bahiḥ gamanasamaye gavākṣajālam avaśyaṃ tālakaya।

rac

gavākṣajālam, jālam, pracchannam, jālakam   

daṇḍayuktaṃ vātāyanakāṣṭham।

alindaḥ gavākṣajālena upaveṣṭitam asti।

rac

uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bārāsātanagare asti।

rac

mārgaḥ, panthāḥ, ayanam, vartma, sṛtiḥ, padyā, vartaniḥ, śaraṇiḥ, paddhatī, vartaniḥ, adhvā, vīthiḥ, saraṇiḥ, paddhatiḥ, padaviḥ, padavī, padvā, pitsalam, pracaraḥ, prapathaḥ, mācaḥ, māthaḥ, māruṇḍaḥ, rantuḥ, vahaḥ, prapātha peṇḍaḥ, amaniḥ, itam, emā, evā, gantuḥ   

yena gatvā gantavyaṃ prāpyate।

vimānasyāpi viśiṣṭaḥ mārgaḥ asti।

rac

pātaya, avapātaya, avakṣepaya, nipātaya, pracyāvaya, bharśaya, sraṃsaya   

patanapreraṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

paitṛkīṃ sampad prāptuṃ duṣṭaḥ putraḥ pitaraṃ chadeḥ anyena apātayat।

rac

serachipamaṇḍalam   

bhāratadeśasya mijorāmarājye vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam।

serachipamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ serachipanagare asti।

rac

serachipanagaram   

bhāratadeśasya mijorāmarājye vartamānaṃ nagaram।

asmākam agrīmam adhiṣṭhānaṃ serachipanagare asti।

rac

saṃracanātmaka   

saṃracanayā sambaddhaḥ।

deśe saṃracanātmakasya parivartanasya āvaśyakatā asti।

rac

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

rac

pracārikā   

mahilā pracārakaḥ।

asmākaṃ dalasya pracārikāḥ aharniśaṃ pracārakāryaṃ kurvanti।

rac

aritracakram   

vāhanaṃ viśiṣṭāyāṃ diśi netuṃ sahāyakam upakaraṇam।

lokayānasya cālakaḥ hastena aritracakraṃ bhrāmayati।

rac

kathāvastu, vasturacanāvinyāsaḥ, kathā, vastu   

rūpaka-prabandha-kalpanā।

asya nāṭakasya kathāvastu atisāmānyam asti।/kālidāsagrathitavastu nāṭakam।

rac

sāmājikasaṃracanā, sāmājikavyavasthā   

samāje śreṇyādhāritena pārasparikasambandhena niyatā janavyavasthā।

mahadantaram amerikā-bhāratayoḥ sāmājikasaṃracanāyām।/ pāścātyadeśānāṃ sāmājikasaṃracanā paurvātyadeśānām apekṣayā bhinnā eva।

rac

yaṃtrasya antarracanā   

kasmin api upakaraṇasya antargata-saṃracanā;

punaḥ sandhānārthaṃ yantrasya antarracanāyāḥ jñānam āvaśyakam asti

rac

yantraracanam   

yantrāṇāṃ samūhaḥ yaḥ kriyāyāḥ sañcālanaṃ karoti।

kuśalaḥ yantravid bhavituṃ yantraracanasya yogyaṃ jñānam āvaśyakam asti।

rac

praracayitā, parikalpakaḥ   

yaḥ vastradīnām ālekhanaṃ karoti।

praracayitā svasya kalpanāṃ pratyakṣaṃ karoti।

rac

kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

puṃtvaviśiṣṭamayūraḥ।

kalāpī mayūrī ca tṛdilaṃ cañcvā gṛhṇītaḥ।

rac

śvā, kukkuraḥ, kukuraḥ, śunakaḥ, bhaṣakaḥ, mṛgadaśakaḥ, vakrapucchaḥ, vakrabāladhiḥ, lalajivhaḥ, jihvāliṭ, vṛkāriḥ, grāmasiṃhaḥ, śīghracetanaḥ, rātrījāgaraḥ, kṛtajñaḥ, sārameyaḥ, vāntādaḥ, śaratkāmī, śavakāmyaḥ, kauleyakaḥ   

puṃjātīyaśvā।

saḥ śvānaṃ pālayati na tu śunīm।

rac

pracetāḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

kathānusāreṇa pracetāḥ vālmikeḥ pitā āsīt।

rac

lipikāraḥ, lekhakaḥ, vorakaḥ, akṣaracaṇaḥ, akṣaracañcuḥ   

yaḥ vaidharūpeṇa lekhaṃ pratilikhati।

kāryālaye lipikārasya anupasthityā naikāni kāryāṇi na abhavan।

rac

bhūracanā   

bhūmeḥ racanā।

prākṛtikena parivartanena bhūracanāyām api parivartanaṃ bhavati।

rac

orachānagaram   

jhām̐sīnagarāt 16 kilomīṭaraṃ yāvat dūre madhyapradeśarājye sthitam aitihāsikaṃ nagaram।

prācīne kāle orachānagaraṃ bundelakhaṇḍasya rājadhānī āsīt।

rac

rūḍha, nirūḍha, pracalita, vyāvahārika, ucita, niyata, pracala, sāmayika, niyama, dharmya, vaiyavahārika, sāṃketika, sāmayācārika, pratna, lokya, laukika   

loke lokeṣu vā pracalitaḥ.;

asya śabdasya rūḍhaḥ arthaḥ kaḥ।

rac

raktacandanam, tilaparṇī, patrāṅgam, rañjanam, kucandanam, tāmrasāram, tāmravṛkṣaḥ, lohitam, śoṇitacandanam, raktasāram, tāmrasārakam, kṣudracandanam, arkacandanam, raktāṅgam, pravālaphalam, pattaṅgam, pattagam, raktabījam   

raktavarṇīyaṃ candanam।

muniḥ raktacandanaṃ gharṣati।

rac

gumphita, racita, grathita   

yad sūtre racyate।

sā pratidinaṃ bhagavataḥ mūrtyai gumphitaṃ puṣpahāram arpayati।

rac

antaḥpurapracāraḥ   

strīṇāṃ saṃlāpaḥ।

tasyai antaḥpurapracāraḥ na rocate।

rac

pracalanam   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ vyavahāre upayogasya kriyā।

udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ nūtanānām utpādanānāṃ pracalane kimartham etāvān vilambaḥ।

rac

kutracit   

anirdhāritaṃ sthānam।

idaṃ pustakaṃ kutracit sthāpayatu।

rac

pracāramādhyamam   

vārtāpatrasya lekhakānāṃ vṛttāntalekhakānāṃ vā samūhaḥ।

mantrimahodayena pracāramādhyame svasya aparādhaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

rac

pracārarogaḥ   

aśvānāṃ akṣṇaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin netrasya paritaḥ māṃsasya vardhanena dṛṣṭiḥ bādhyate।

pracārarogeṇa pīḍitasya aśvasya śalyacikitsā kriyate।

rac

pracālayanam, vidhūnanam   

vāyau calituṃ preraṇasya kriyā।

tiraṅgādhvajasya pracālayanasya anantaraṃ pradhānamantriṇā deśaḥ sambodhitaḥ।

rac

pracālakaḥ   

yaḥ yantraṃ paricālayati।

sarve karmakarāḥ pracālakasya pratīkṣāṃ kurvanti।

rac

pracālakaḥ, sañcālakaḥ   

yaḥ kamapi udyogaṃ pracālayati athavā udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ svāmī asti।

voḍāphona-udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ pracālakena saha ahaṃ sambhāṣaṇaṃ kṛtavatī।

rac

bhūsaṃracanātmaka   

bhūmeḥ saṃracanayā sambaddhaḥ।

bhūsaṃracanātmakena parivartanena yamunā nadī svasthānāt viṃśatiḥ kilomīṭara iti yāvat pūrvam acalat।

rac

apapracāraḥ, kupracāraḥ   

apakīrtikaraḥ pracāraḥ।

apapracārasya kāraṇāt guruvaryaḥ naikavāraṃ vivādasya viṣayaḥ abhavat।

rac

indracirbhiṭī, indīvarā, yugmaphalā, dīrghavṛntā, uttamāraṇī, puṣpamañjarikā, droṇī, karambhā, nalikā   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyā guṇāḥ kaṭutvam śītatvam pittaśleṣmakāsadoṣavraṇakṛmināśitvam asti ।

indracirbhiṭī cakṣuhitakārī asti

rac

kuṭṭapracaraṇa:   

ekā jāti: ।

viṣṇupurāṇe kuṭṭapracaraṇa: varṇitaḥ

rac

viracitā   

prācīne granthe varṇitā ekā mahilā ।

viracitāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kathāsaritsāgare asti

rac

pracaraḥ   

ekaḥ janasamūhaḥ ।

pracarasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

rac

kuṭṭapracaraṇaḥ   

ekā jāti: ।

viṣṇupurāṇe kuṭṭapracaraṇa: varṇitaḥ

rac

pracaṇḍadevaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

pracaṇḍadevaḥ paurajaneṣu prasiddhaḥ

rac

pracaṇḍavarmā   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

daśakumāra-carite pracaṇḍavarmā varṇitaḥ prāpyate

rac

pracaṇḍaśaktiḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kathāsaritsāgare pracaṇḍaśaktiḥ ullikhitaḥ vartate

rac

pracaṇḍaśephāḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pracaṇḍaśephāḥ kautukaratnākare varṇitaḥ

rac

pracaladāsaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośeṣu pracaladāsasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

rac

pracalasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośeṣu pracalasiṃhasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

rac

phakīracandraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośeṣu phakīracandraḥ varṇitaḥ

rac

kuṭṭapracaraṇaḥ   

ekā jāti: ।

viṣṇupurāṇe kuṭṭapracaraṇa: varṇitaḥ

rac

kharacchadaḥ, kṣudragholī   

ekaḥ laghukṣupaḥ ।

kharacchadasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

rac

śvetāmbaracandraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śvetāmbaracandrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

rac

sarvatobhadracakram   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sarvatobhadracakram iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

rac

sahasracityaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sahasracityasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

rac

sāgaracandraḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

sāgaracandrasya ullekhaḥ gaṇaratna-mahodadhi iti granthe asti

rac

vipracittiḥ   

ekā apsarāḥ ।

vipracitteḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

rac

kharacchadaḥ, kṣudragholī   

ekaḥ laghukṣupaḥ ।

kharacchadasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

rac

cakracūḍāmaṇiḥ   

ekaḥ granthaḥ ।

cakracūḍāmaṇi kośe ullikhitaḥ dṛśyate

rac

haracaritacintāmaṇiḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

haracaritacintāmaṇeḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

rac

candracitraḥ   

ekaḥ janasamūhaḥ ।

candracitrasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

rac

candracūḍāṣṭakam   

ekaṃ stotram ।

candracūḍāṣṭakasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

rac

karkaracchadā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

karkaracchadāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

rac

karaculiḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

karaculeḥ ullekhaḥ viddhaśālabhañjikāyām asti

rac

upasthitapracupitam   

ekaṃ chandaḥ ।

upasthitapracupitasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

rac

udāracaritaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

udāracaritasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

rac

camatkāracandrikā   

ekaḥ vyākaraṇagranthaḥ ।

camatkāracandrikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe dṛśyate

rac

cākaciccā, śvetavuhnā, kapītaḥ, vanatiktā, visarpiṇī, śaṅkhinī, girijā, dhūsaracchadā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

cākaciccāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

rac

vīrabhadracampūḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

vīrabhadracampvaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

rac

racandraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

nāracandrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 2.259s Search Word: rac Input Encoding: IAST: rac